ML13365A291: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML13365A291
| number = ML13365A291
| issue date = 02/19/2014
| issue date = 02/19/2014
| title = H.B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 - Interim Staff Evaluation Regarding Overall Integrated Plan in Response to Order EA-12-049 (Mitigation Strategies) (TAC No. MF0720)
| title = Interim Staff Evaluation Regarding Overall Integrated Plan in Response to Order EA-12-049 (Mitigation Strategies)
| author name = Bowen J S
| author name = Bowen J
| author affiliation = NRC/NRR/DPR/MSD/MSPB
| author affiliation = NRC/NRR/DPR/MSD/MSPB
| addressee name = Gideon W R
| addressee name = Gideon W
| addressee affiliation = Duke Energy Progress, Inc
| addressee affiliation = Duke Energy Progress, Inc
| docket = 05000261
| docket = 05000261
| license number =  
| license number =  
| contact person = Lent S M, NRR/DPR, 415-1365
| contact person = Lent S, NRR/DPR, 415-1365
| case reference number = TAC MF0720
| case reference number = TAC MF0720
| package number = ML13365A284
| package number = ML13365A284
Line 15: Line 15:
| page count = 77
| page count = 77
| project = TAC:MF0720
| project = TAC:MF0720
| stage = Other
| stage = Acceptance Review
}}
}}


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 Mr. William R. Gideon Site Vice President H.B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant Duke Energy Progress, Inc. 3581 West Entrance Road Hartsville, SC 29550 February 19, 2014
{{#Wiki_filter:UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 February 19, 2014 Mr. William R. Gideon Site Vice President H.B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant Duke Energy Progress, Inc.
3581 West Entrance Road Hartsville, SC 29550


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT 2 -INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION REGARDING OVERALL INTEGRATED PLAN IN RESPONSE TO ORDER EA-12-049 (MITIGATION STRATEGIES) (TAC NO. MF0720)  
H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT 2 -INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION REGARDING OVERALL INTEGRATED PLAN IN RESPONSE TO ORDER EA-12-049 (MITIGATION STRATEGIES) (TAC NO. MF0720)


==Dear Mr. Gideon:==
==Dear Mr. Gideon:==
On March 12, 2012, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Design-Basis External Events" (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML 12054A736).
 
By letter dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13071A415), Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke, the licensee) submitted its Overall Integrated Plan for H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit No.2 in response to Order EA-12-049.
On March 12, 2012, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML12054A736). By letter dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415), Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke, the licensee) submitted its Overall Integrated Plan for H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit No.2 in response to Order EA-12-049. By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243), Duke submitted a six-month update to the Overall Integrated Plan.
By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13252A243), Duke submitted a six-month update to the Overall Integrated Plan. Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, 1 the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 at H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in the enclosed Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report. 1 A description of the mitigation strategies audit process may be found at ADAMS Accession No: ML 13234A503.
Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, 1 the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 at H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in the enclosed Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report.
W. Gideon If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Randy Hall, Senior Project Manager in the Mitigating Strategies Directorate, at (301) 415-4032.
1 A description of the mitigation strategies audit process may be found at ADAMS Accession No: ML13234A503.
Docket No. 50-261  
 
W. Gideon                                       If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Randy Hall, Senior Project Manager in the Mitigating Strategies Directorate, at (301) 415-4032.
Sincerely, Jeremy S. Bowen, Chief Mitigating Strategies Projects Branch Mitigating Strategies Directorate Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-261


==Enclosures:==
==Enclosures:==
: 1. Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report 2. Technical Evaluation Report cc w/encl: Distribution via Listserv Sincerely, Jeremy S. Bowen, Chief Mitigating Strategies Projects Branch Mitigating Strategies Directorate Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION AND AUDIT REPORT BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO ORDER EA-12-049 MODIFYING LICENSES WITH REGARD TO REQUIREMENTS FOR MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR BEYOND-DESIGN-BASIS EXTERNAL EVENTS DUKE ENERGY PROGRESS, INC H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT NO. 2 DOCKET NO. 50-261  
: 1. Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report
: 2. Technical Evaluation Report cc w/encl: Distribution via Listserv
 
UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION AND AUDIT REPORT BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO ORDER EA-12-049 MODIFYING LICENSES WITH REGARD TO REQUIREMENTS FOR MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR BEYOND-DESIGN-BASIS EXTERNAL EVENTS DUKE ENERGY PROGRESS, INC H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT NO. 2 DOCKET NO. 50-261
 
==1.0    INTRODUCTION==


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
The earthquake and tsunami at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant in March 2011 highlighted the possibility that extreme natural phenomena could challenge the prevention, mitigation and emergency preparedness defense-in-depth layers. At Fukushima, limitations in time and unpredictable conditions associated with the accident significantly challenged attempts by the responders to preclude core damage and containment failure. During the events in Fukushima, the challenges faced by the operators were beyond any faced previously at a commercial nuclear reactor. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that additional requirements needed to be imposed to mitigate beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEE). Accordingly, by letter dated March 12, 2012, the NRC issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 1]. The order directed licensees to develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE.
By letter dated February 26, 2013, [Reference 2], Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke or the licensee) submitted the Overall Integrated Plan (hereafter referred to as the Integrated Plan) for compliance with Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 (Robinson or RNP). The Integrated Plan describes the guidance and strategies under development for implementation by Duke for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE. including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049. As further required by the order, by letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 3], the licensee submitted the first six-month status report since the submittal of the Integrated Plan, describing the progress made in implementing the requirements of the order.
Enclosure 1


The earthquake and tsunami at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant in March 2011 highlighted the possibility that extreme natural phenomena could challenge the prevention, mitigation and emergency preparedness defense-in-depth layers. At Fukushima, limitations in time and unpredictable conditions associated with the accident significantly challenged attempts by the responders to preclude core damage and containment failure. During the events in Fukushima, the challenges faced by the operators were beyond any faced previously at a commercial nuclear reactor. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that additional requirements needed to be imposed to mitigate beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEE). Accordingly, by letter dated March 12, 2012, the NRC issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 1]. The order directed licensees to develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE. By letter dated February 26, 2013, [Reference 2], Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke or the licensee) submitted the Overall Integrated Plan (hereafter referred to as the Integrated Plan) for compliance with Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 (Robinson or RNP). The Integrated Plan describes the guidance and strategies under development for implementation by Duke for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE. including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049.
==2.0      REGULATORY EVALUATION==
As further required by the order, by letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 3], the licensee submitted the first six-month status report since the submittal of the Integrated Plan, describing the progress made in implementing the requirements of the order. Enclosure 1 


==2.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION==
Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the NRC established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic and methodical review of the NRC's regulations and processes, and with determining whether the agency should make improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi. As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011 [Reference 4]. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders. Documentation of the NRC staff's efforts is contained in SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011 [Reference 5] and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011 [Reference 6].
As directed by the Commission's Staff Requirement Memorandum (SRM) for SECY-11-0093
[Reference 7], the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations. SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the NRC staff's prioritization of the recommendations based upon the potential safety enhancements.
After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124 [Reference 8] and SRM-SECY-11-0137 [Reference 9], the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events. At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in the Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI's) letter, dated December 16, 2011
[Reference 10]. FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors than envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.
On February 17, 2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," [Reference 11] to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies. As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025
[Reference 12], the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events"
[Reference 1].
Order EA-12-049, Attachment i, requires that operating power reactor licensees and construction permit holders use a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and SFP cooling capabilities. The transition phase requires providing sufficient 1
Attachment 3 provides the requirements for Combined License holders


Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the NRC established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic and methodical review of the NRC's regulations and processes, and with determining whether the agency should make improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi.
portable, onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from off site. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely. Specific operational requirements of the order are listed below:
As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011 [Reference 4]. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders.
: 1) Licensees or construction permit (CP) holders shall develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a beyond-design-basis external event.
Documentation of the NRC staff's efforts is contained in SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011 [Reference 5] and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011 [Reference 6]. As directed by the Commission's Staff Requirement Memorandum (SRM) for SECY-11-0093
: 2) These strategies must be capable of mitigating a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink
[Reference 7], the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations.
[UHS] and have adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order.
SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the NRC staff's prioritization of the recommendations based upon the potential safety enhancements.
: 3) Licensees or CP holders must provide reasonable protection for the associated equipment from external events. Such protection must demonstrate that there is adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order.
After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124
: 4) Licensees or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes.
[Reference 8] and SRM-SECY-11-0137
: 5) Full compliance shall include procedures, guidance, training, and acquisition, staging, or installing of equipment needed for the strategies.
[Reference 9], the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events. At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in the Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI's) letter, dated December 16, 2011 [Reference 1 0]. FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors than envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.
On February 17, 2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," [Reference 11] to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies.
As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025
[Reference 12], the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 1]. Order EA-12-049, Attachment i, requires that operating power reactor licensees and construction permit holders use a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and SFP cooling capabilities.
The transition phase requires providing sufficient 1 Attachment 3 provides the requirements for Combined License holders  portable, onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from off site. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely.
Specific operational requirements of the order are listed below: 1) Licensees or construction permit (CP) holders shall develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a beyond-design-basis external event. 2) These strategies must be capable of mitigating a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink [UHS] and have adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order. 3) Licensees or CP holders must provide reasonable protection for the associated equipment from external events. Such protection must demonstrate that there is adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order. 4) Licensees or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes. 5) Full compliance shall include procedures, guidance, training, and acquisition, staging, or installing of equipment needed for the strategies.
On May 4, 2012, NEI submitted document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision B [Reference 13] to provide specifications for an industry developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to the Mitigating Strategies Order. On May 13, 2012, NEI submitted NEI12-06, Revision B1 [Reference 14]. The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEE that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh )(2) in Section 50.54, "Conditions of licenses" of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
On May 4, 2012, NEI submitted document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision B [Reference 13] to provide specifications for an industry developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to the Mitigating Strategies Order. On May 13, 2012, NEI submitted NEI12-06, Revision B1 [Reference 14]. The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEE that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh )(2) in Section 50.54, "Conditions of licenses" of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
On May 31, 2012, the NRC staff issued a draft version of the interim staff guidance (ISG) document, JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," [Reference 15] and published a notice of its availability for public comment in the Federal Register (77 FR 33779), with the comment period running through July 7, 2012. ISG-2012-01 proposed endorsing NEI12-06, Revision B1, as providing an acceptable method of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
On May 31, 2012, the NRC staff issued a draft version of the interim staff guidance (ISG) document, JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," [Reference 15] and published a notice of its availability for public comment in the Federal Register (77 FR 33779), with the comment period running through July 7, 2012. JLD-ISG-2012-01 proposed endorsing NEI12-06, Revision B1, as providing an acceptable method of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049. The NRC staff received seven comments during this time. The NRC staff documented its analysis of these comments in "NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068)" [Reference 16].
The NRC staff received seven comments during this time. The NRC staff documented its analysis of these comments in "NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068)" [Reference 16]. On July 3, 2012, NEI submitted comments on JLD-ISG-2012-01, including Revision C to NEI 12-06 [Reference 17], incorporating many of the exceptions and clarifications included in the draft version of the ISG. Following a public meeting held July 26, 2012, to discuss the remaining exceptions and clarifications, on August 21, 2012, NEI submitted Revision 0 to NEI 12-06 [Reference 18]. On August 29, 2012, the NRC staff issued the final version of JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 19], endorsing NEI 12-06, Revision 0, as an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049, and published a notice of its availability in the Federal Register (77 FR 55230). The NRC staff determined that the overall Integrated Plans submitted by licensees in response to Order EA-12-049, Section IV. C.1.a should follow the guidance in NEI 12-06, Section 13, which states that: The Overall Integrated Plan should include a complete description of the FLEX strategies, including important operational characteristics.
 
The level of detail generally considered adequate is consistent to the level of detail contained in the Licensee's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). The plan should provide the following information:  
On July 3, 2012, NEI submitted comments on JLD-ISG-2012-01, including Revision C to NEI 12-06 [Reference 17], incorporating many of the exceptions and clarifications included in the draft version of the ISG. Following a public meeting held July 26, 2012, to discuss the remaining exceptions and clarifications, on August 21, 2012, NEI submitted Revision 0 to NEI 12-06 [Reference 18].
: 1. Extent to which this guidance, NEI 12-06, is being followed including a description of any alternatives to the guidance, and provide a milestone schedule of planned actions. 2. Description of the strategies and guidance to be developed to meet the requirements contained in Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 of the order. 3. Description of major installed and portable FLEX components used in the strategies, the applicable reasonable protection for the FLEX portable equipment, and the applicable maintenance requirements for the portable equipment.  
On August 29, 2012, the NRC staff issued the final version of JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 19], endorsing NEI 12-06, Revision 0, as an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049, and published a notice of its availability in the Federal Register (77 FR 55230).
: 4. Description of the steps for the development of the necessary procedures, guidance, and training for the strategies; FLEX equipment acquisition, staging or installation, including necessary modifications.  
The NRC staff determined that the overall Integrated Plans submitted by licensees in response to Order EA-12-049, Section IV. C.1.a should follow the guidance in NEI 12-06, Section 13, which states that:
: 5. Conceptual sketches, as necessary to indicate equipment which is installed or equipment hookups necessary for the strategies. (As-built piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID) will be available upon completion of plant modifications.)  
The Overall Integrated Plan should include a complete description of the FLEX strategies, including important operational characteristics. The level of detail generally considered adequate is consistent to the level of detail contained in the Licensee's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). The plan should provide the following information:
: 6. Description of how the portable FLEX equipment will be available to be deployed in all modes. By letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 20], the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049.
: 1. Extent to which this guidance, NEI 12-06, is being followed including a description of any alternatives to the guidance, and provide a milestone schedule of planned actions.
That letter described the process to be used by the staff in its reviews,   leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report for each site. The purpose of the staff's audits is to determine the extent to which licensees are proceeding on a path towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the order. Additional NRC staff review and inspection may be necessary following full implementation of those actions to verify licensees' compliance with the order. 3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION The NRC staff contracted with Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) for technical support in the evaluation of the Integrated Plan for Robinson, submitted by Duke's letter dated February 26, 2013, as further supplemented.
: 2. Description of the strategies and guidance to be developed to meet the requirements contained in Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 of the order.
NRC and MTS staff have reviewed the submitted information and held clarifying discussions with Duke in evaluating the licensee's plans for addressing BDBEEs and its progress towards implementing those plans. A simplified description of the RNP Integrated Plan to mitigate the postulated extended loss of ac power (ELAP) event is as follows: the licensee will initially remove the core decay heat by adding water to the steam generators (SGs) and releasing steam from the SGs through the SG pressure operated relief valves (PORVs). The water will initially be added by the steam-driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump, taking suction from the condensate storage tank (CST). When the SDAFW pump can no longer be operated reliably, a portable SG FLEX pump will be used to add water to the SGs. CST makeup is provided by a FLEX pump taking suction from Lake Robinson (the UHS) or the discharge canal. If the CST is not available, the SDAFW or SG FLEX pump will be aligned to take suction from the circulating water inlet basin. RNP plans to use low-leakage seals on the reactor coolant pumps (RCPs), which will delay the need for RCS makeup. A portable diesel-powered high pressure pump will be available to provide borated RCS makeup from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) or a portable boration tank, as needed. Two FLEX diesel generators (DGs) will be available to provide power to 480 VAC busses and to the installed battery chargers to keep the necessary ac and direct current (de) loads energized.
: 3. Description of major installed and portable FLEX components used in the strategies, the applicable reasonable protection for the FLEX portable equipment, and the applicable maintenance requirements for the portable equipment.
: 4. Description of the steps for the development of the necessary procedures, guidance, and training for the strategies; FLEX equipment acquisition, staging or installation, including necessary modifications.
: 5. Conceptual sketches, as necessary to indicate equipment which is installed or equipment hookups necessary for the strategies. (As-built piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID) will be available upon completion of plant modifications.)
: 6. Description of how the portable FLEX equipment will be available to be deployed in all modes.
By letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 20], the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049. That letter described the process to be used by the staff in its reviews,
 
leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report for each site. The purpose of the staff's audits is to determine the extent to which licensees are proceeding on a path towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the order. Additional NRC staff review and inspection may be necessary following full implementation of those actions to verify licensees' compliance with the order.
 
==3.0     TECHNICAL EVALUATION==
 
The NRC staff contracted with Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) for technical support in the evaluation of the Integrated Plan for Robinson, submitted by Duke's letter dated February 26, 2013, as further supplemented. NRC and MTS staff have reviewed the submitted information and held clarifying discussions with Duke in evaluating the licensee's plans for addressing BDBEEs and its progress towards implementing those plans.
A simplified description of the RNP Integrated Plan to mitigate the postulated extended loss of ac power (ELAP) event is as follows: the licensee will initially remove the core decay heat by adding water to the steam generators (SGs) and releasing steam from the SGs through the SG pressure operated relief valves (PORVs). The water will initially be added by the steam-driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump, taking suction from the condensate storage tank (CST).
When the SDAFW pump can no longer be operated reliably, a portable SG FLEX pump will be used to add water to the SGs. CST makeup is provided by a FLEX pump taking suction from Lake Robinson (the UHS) or the discharge canal. If the CST is not available, the SDAFW or SG FLEX pump will be aligned to take suction from the circulating water inlet basin. RNP plans to use low-leakage seals on the reactor coolant pumps (RCPs), which will delay the need for RCS makeup. A portable diesel-powered high pressure pump will be available to provide borated RCS makeup from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) or a portable boration tank, as needed.
Two FLEX diesel generators (DGs) will be available to provide power to 480 VAC busses and to the installed battery chargers to keep the necessary ac and direct current (de) loads energized.
In the long-term, additional equipment, such as 4160 volt ac generators, will be delivered from the Regional Response Center (RRC) to support Phase 3 strategies.
In the long-term, additional equipment, such as 4160 volt ac generators, will be delivered from the Regional Response Center (RRC) to support Phase 3 strategies.
During an ELAP event, normal cooling to the SFP will be lost and the SFP water may reach the boiling point, but even for the worst case, it would take more than a day to boil down to the top of the fuel assemblies.
During an ELAP event, normal cooling to the SFP will be lost and the SFP water may reach the boiling point, but even for the worst case, it would take more than a day to boil down to the top of the fuel assemblies. A portable FLEX pump will be connected to hoses and used to inject water from the UHS or the discharge canal, either directly into the pool or through spray nozzles on the refuel floor. This injection capability will ensure that a sufficient volume of water remains above the top of the stored fuel assemblies in the SFP at all times. An alternate strategy for SFP cooling relies on injecting through the installed SFP piping with the SFP FLEX pump taking suction from diverse sources including the RWST or discharge canal.
A portable FLEX pump will be connected to hoses and used to inject water from the UHS or the discharge canal, either directly into the pool or through spray nozzles on the refuel floor. This injection capability will ensure that a sufficient volume of water remains above the top of the stored fuel assemblies in the SFP at all times. An alternate strategy for SFP cooling relies on injecting through the installed SFP piping with the SFP FLEX pump taking suction from diverse sources including the RWST or discharge canal. RNP has a large dry containment building, which contains the reactor vessel and the RCS. The use of low-leakage RCP seals will limit the leakage inside the containment; therefore, containment pressure and temperature are anticipated to remain within acceptable limits and substantial time is available for delivery of the RRC equipment and implementation of long-term strategies to maintain containment, if needed. The licensee plans to perform an additional containment analysis to verify this conclusion. 4.0 OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS This section contains a summary of the open and confirmatory items identified as part of the technical evaluation.
RNP has a large dry containment building, which contains the reactor vessel and the RCS. The use of low-leakage RCP seals will limit the leakage inside the containment; therefore, containment pressure and temperature are anticipated to remain within acceptable limits and substantial time is available for delivery of the RRC equipment and implementation of long-term strategies to maintain containment, if needed. The licensee plans to perform an additional containment analysis to verify this conclusion.
The NRC and MTS have assigned certain review items to one of the following categories:
 
Open item -an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis for NRC to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution.
4.0     OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS This section contains a summary of the open and confirmatory items identified as part of the technical evaluation. The NRC and MTS have assigned certain review items to one of the following categories:
The intent behind designating an issue as an open item is to document significant items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process. Confirmatory item -an item that the NRC considers conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete.
Open item - an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis for NRC to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution. The intent behind designating an issue as an open item is to document significant items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process.
These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with order EA-12-049.
Confirmatory item -an item that the NRC considers conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete. These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with order EA-12-049.
As discussed in Section 3.0, above, the NRC staff has reviewed MTS' TER for consistency with NRC policy and technical accuracy and finds that, in general, it accurately reflects the state of completeness of the licensee's Integrated Plan. The open and confirmatory items identified in the TER are listed in the tables below, with some NRC edits made for clarity from the TER version. In addition to the editorial clarifications, Open Items 3.2.1.3.A, 3.3.1.A, and 3.2.4.1 O.A have been reclassified as Confirmatory Items, consistent with the above definitions.
As discussed in Section 3.0, above, the NRC staff has reviewed MTS' TER for consistency with NRC policy and technical accuracy and finds that, in general, it accurately reflects the state of completeness of the licensee's Integrated Plan. The open and confirmatory items identified in the TER are listed in the tables below, with some NRC edits made for clarity from the TER version. In addition to the editorial clarifications, Open Items 3.2.1.3.A, 3.3.1.A, and 3.2.4.1 O.A have been reclassified as Confirmatory Items, consistent with the above definitions. Open Item 3.2.1.8.8 on boric acid mixing is added, based on the staff's endorsement of the Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), with several clarifications, which the licensee should address. The NRC endorsement letter is dated January 8, 2014, and is publicly available (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A183). Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.D was incorporated into Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C, as both items address SG PORV functionality. Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1 0.8 was added regarding the evaluation of potential impacts of battery load shedding; this item was discussed in the TER but not explicitly identified as a confirmatory item.
Open Item 3.2.1.8.8 on boric acid mixing is added, based on the staff's endorsement of the Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), with several clarifications, which the licensee should address. The NRC endorsement letter is dated January 8, 2014, and is publicly available (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13276A 183). Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.D was incorporated into Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C, as both items address SG PORV functionality.
Also the two separate Confirmatory Items numbered 3.1.1.2.8 in the TER were revised and renumbered as Confirmatory Items 3.1.1.2.8.1 and 3.1.1.2.8.2.
Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1 0.8 was added regarding the evaluation of potential impacts of battery load shedding; this item was discussed in the TER but not explicitly identified as a confirmatory item. Also the two separate Confirmatory Items numbered 3.1.1.2.8 in the TER were revised and renumbered as Confirmatory Items 3.1.1.2.8.1 and 3.1.1.2.8.2.
Regarding TER Sections 3.2.4.8, Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions, and 3.2.4.1 0, Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power, the licensee plans to pre-stage two FLEX diesel generators in the Reactor Auxiliary Building (seismic Class 1) and provide cabling and connections to directly repower the battery chargers as part of the response strategy. This use of pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative to NEI 12-06. The licensee has not provided sufficient information to demonstrate that the approach meets the NEI 12-06 provisions for portable equipment. Additional information is needed from the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. The NRC staff notes that the use of pre-staged generators rather than conformance to NEI 12-06 places greater reliance on the current state of knowledge of external hazards, which are being re-examined pursuant to NTTF Recommendation 2.1. New information from that effort may necessitate changes in the degree of protection afforded the pre-staged generators and associated equipment in order to maintain the strategies required by Order EA 049. Therefore, in order for the NRC staff to accept this approach to resolving Open Item
Regarding TER Sections 3.2.4.8, Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions, and 3.2.4.1 0, Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power, the licensee plans to pre-stage two FLEX diesel generators in the Reactor Auxiliary Building (seismic Class 1) and provide cabling and connections to directly repower the battery chargers as part of the response strategy.
 
This use of pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative to NEI 12-06. The licensee has not provided sufficient information to demonstrate that the approach meets the NEI 12-06 provisions for portable equipment.
3.2.4.8.A, Duke will need to document the proposed method as an alternate to NEI 12-06, along with a stronger justification addressing how the approach maintains the flexibility to respond to an undefined event and provide power to the necessary equipment, in a future submittal update.
Additional information is needed from the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. The NRC staff notes that the use of pre-staged generators rather than conformance to NEI 12-06 places greater reliance on the current state of knowledge of external hazards, which are being examined pursuant to NTTF Recommendation 2.1. New information from that effort may necessitate changes in the degree of protection afforded the pre-staged generators and associated equipment in order to maintain the strategies required by Order EA-12-049. Therefore, in order for the NRC staff to accept this approach to resolving Open Item   3.2.4.8.A, Duke will need to document the proposed method as an alternate to NEI 12-06, along with a stronger justification addressing how the approach maintains the flexibility to respond to an undefined event and provide power to the necessary equipment, in a future submittal update. The summary tables presented below, revised as discussed, provide a brief description of the issue of concern and represent the NRC's assessment of the open and confirmatory items for RNP under this review. Further details for each open and confirmatory item are provided in the corresponding sections of the TER, identified by the item number. 4.1 Open Items Item Number Description Notes 3.2.1.8.8 Core Sub-Criticality  
The summary tables presented below, revised as discussed, provide a brief description of the issue of concern and represent the NRC's assessment of the open and confirmatory items for RNP under this review. Further details for each open and confirmatory item are provided in the corresponding sections of the TER, identified by the item number.
-Verify that RNP will apply the generic resolution for boron mixing under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow, in accordance with the PWROG position paper, dated August 15, 2013, subject to the additional conditions provided in the NRC endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014; or alternatively, justify the boric acid mixing assumptions that will ensure adequate shutdown margin exists through all 3 phases of an ELAP event. 3.2.4.8.A The strategy to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers is an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment.
4.1     Open Items Item Number                                   Description                               Notes 3.2.1.8.8       Core Sub-Criticality - Verify that RNP will apply the generic resolution for boron mixing under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow, in accordance with the PWROG position paper, dated August 15, 2013, subject to the additional conditions provided in the NRC endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014; or alternatively, justify the boric acid mixing assumptions that will ensure adequate shutdown margin exists through all 3 phases of an ELAP event.
Verify that this strategy provides the equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be achieved through conformance with the endorsed guidance of NEI 12-06. 4.2 Confirmatory Items Item Number Description Notes 3.1.1.1.A Confirm that the final design of the FLEX equipment storage building and location ensures that FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies will be secured, and that stored equipment and structures will be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.
3.2.4.8.A       The strategy to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers is an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment. Verify that this strategy provides the equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be achieved through conformance with the endorsed guidance of NEI 12-06.
3.1.1.2.A Confirm that the vehicles and equipment provided for debris removal will be protected from seismic events. 3.1.1.2.8.1 Confirm that all site travel paths and deployment routes for FLEX equipment have been analyzed to ensure survivability following a seismic event. 3.1.1.2.8.2 Confirm that the deployment strategies for FLEX equipment ensure that connection points are protected and that key areas are accessible through seismically robust structures following a seismic event. 3.1.1.3.A Confirm that guidance will be made available to operators on critical actions to perform while establishing alternate indication for   Item Number Description Notes key instruments and on how to control critical equipment without control power. 3.1.1.4.A Off-Site Resources  
4.2     Confirmatory Items Item Number                                   Description                               Notes 3.1.1.1.A       Confirm that the final design of the FLEX equipment storage building and location ensures that FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies will be secured, and that stored equipment and structures will be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.
-Confirm the identification of the local staging area, the evaluation of access routes, and the method of transportation to the site for the RRC provided equipment.
3.1.1.2.A       Confirm that the vehicles and equipment provided for debris removal will be protected from seismic events.
3.1.5.2.A Confirm that potential problems with door access, such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals due to high temperature conditions, will be mitigated.
3.1.1.2.8.1     Confirm that all site travel paths and deployment routes for FLEX equipment have been analyzed to ensure survivability following a seismic event.
3.2.1.A Confirm that the generic ELAP analyses in WCAP-17601-P, "Reactor Coolant System Response to the Extended Loss of AC Power Event for Westinghouse, Combustion Engineering and Babcock & Wilcox NSSS Designs," (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML 13042A011 and ML 13042A013, non-public), are applicable to RNP, and specifically, that the important parameters and assumptions used are representative and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.
3.1.1.2.8.2     Confirm that the deployment strategies for FLEX equipment ensure that connection points are protected and that key areas are accessible through seismically robust structures following a seismic event.
3.2.1.8 Confirm that the RNP FLEX mitigation strategies address each of the 7 PWROG recommendations listed in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P. This information should include the rationale for whether each issue is applicable to the plant, how the applicable recommendations have been considered in the ELAP coping analysis, and how they will be implemented in the RNP mitigating strategies.
3.1.1.3.A       Confirm that guidance will be made available to operators on critical actions to perform while establishing alternate indication for
3.2.1.C Confirm that the SG PORVs will be provided with motive force and adequately protected from hazards so that they can function as required for the RNP mitigating strategies.
 
3.2.1.E Confirm that the configurations of the SDAFW pump steam traps and mini-flow recirculation line are such that the pump will not be rendered inoperable if the lines are damaged. 3.2.1.1.A Confirm that the application of the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis for RNP is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation.
Item Number                                 Description                           Notes key instruments and on how to control critical equipment without control power.
This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling. 3.2.1.2.A Confirm that the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate have been addressed in the ELAP analysis for RNP. (Note: The TER, on page 27 of 60, listed an incorrect ADAMS accession number for the August 16, 2013, PWROG position paper on RCP seal leakage; it should be ML 13235A 151 ). 3.2.1.2.8 If the RCP seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals or non-Westinghouse seals, confirm that acceptable justification is provided for the seal leakage rates used in the revised ELAP analysis for RNP. 3.2.1.3.A Confirm that appropriate methods and assumptions are used in the decay heat calculations for RNP for an ELAP event. This should   Item Number Description Notes include justification for the model and the values used for the key parameters.
3.1.1.4.A   Off-Site Resources - Confirm the identification of the local staging area, the evaluation of access routes, and the method of transportation to the site for the RRC provided equipment.
3.2.1.6.A Confirm that the revised analyses for makeup rates, boration strategies, and core cooling times based on the use of low leakage RCP seals are adequately justified and appropriately reflected in the sequence of events timeline.
3.1.5.2.A   Confirm that potential problems with door access, such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals due to high temperature conditions, will be mitigated.
3.2.1.6.8 Confirm that the revised safety injection accumulator isolation strategy will ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection into the RCS. 3.2.1.8.A Confirm that the revised boration strategies ensure that acceptable shutdown margin will be maintained throughout all phases of an ELAP event. 3.2.1.9.A Confirm that the design requirements and supporting analyses for the portable FLEX pumps show that they are capable of performing their respective functions as credited in the mitigating strategies.
3.2.1.A     Confirm that the generic ELAP analyses in WCAP-17601-P, "Reactor Coolant System Response to the Extended Loss of AC Power Event for Westinghouse, Combustion Engineering and Babcock & Wilcox NSSS Designs," (ADAMS Accession Nos.
3.2.3.A Confirm that the RNP strategies for maintaining containment are consistent with the containment pressure and temperature analysis for all 3 phases of an ELAP event. 3.2.4.1.A Confirm that cooling water will be supplied, as needed, to plant equipment credited to perform a mitigation strategies function under ELAP conditions.
ML13042A011 and ML13042A013, non-public), are applicable to RNP, and specifically, that the important parameters and assumptions used are representative and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.
3.2.4.2.A Confirm that actions necessary to ensure equipment functionality and personnel habitability during an ELAP event are appropriately incorporated into the FLEX strategies, based on the analyses of the impact of high temperatures on various areas/compartments  
3.2.1.8     Confirm that the RNP FLEX mitigation strategies address each of the 7 PWROG recommendations listed in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P. This information should include the rationale for whether each issue is applicable to the plant, how the applicable recommendations have been considered in the ELAP coping analysis, and how they will be implemented in the RNP mitigating strategies.
{_main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room). 3.2.4.2.8 Confirm that adequate ventilation is provided to the battery rooms to prevent unacceptable levels of hydrogen accumulation.
3.2.1.C     Confirm that the SG PORVs will be provided with motive force and adequately protected from hazards so that they can function as required for the RNP mitigating strategies.
3.2.4.3.A Confirm that appropriate actions are implemented to address the loss of heat tracing on instrument lines under ELAP conditions.
3.2.1.E     Confirm that the configurations of the SDAFW pump steam traps and mini-flow recirculation line are such that the pump will not be rendered inoperable if the lines are damaged.
3.2.4.4.A The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML 12311A299 and ML 13058A045) and has determined that the assessment is reasonable (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13105A413).
3.2.1.1.A   Confirm that the application of the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis for RNP is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling.
Confirm that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.
3.2.1.2.A   Confirm that the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate have been addressed in the ELAP analysis for RNP. (Note: The TER, on page 27 of 60, listed an incorrect ADAMS accession number for the August 16, 2013, PWROG position paper on RCP seal leakage; it should be ML13235A151 ).
3.2.4.7.A Confirm that alternate sources of cooling water, such as Lake Robinson or the discharge canal, have been evaluated for the potential impacts of reduced water quality, and that actions to address water quality have been developed, as needed to ensure the successful implementation of the RNP mitigating strategies.
3.2.1.2.8   If the RCP seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals or non-Westinghouse seals, confirm that acceptable justification is provided for the seal leakage rates used in the revised ELAP analysis for RNP.
3.2.4.9.A Confirm that the methods and sources for refueling the FLEX equipment are consistent with the analyzed fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment.
3.2.1.3.A   Confirm that appropriate methods and assumptions are used in the decay heat calculations for RNP for an ELAP event. This should
3.2.4.10.A Confirm the sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phases 2 and 3. Item Number Description Notes 3.2.4.10.B Confirm that the ELAP load shed analysis has adequately accounted for the loss of functions and has addressed any impacts on defense in depth and redundancy.
 
3.3.1.A Confirm that the licensee's implementation of maintenance and testing guidance for FLEX equipment conforms to the generic approach endorsed by the staff, or constitutes an acceptable alternate approach.
Item Number                                 Description                         Notes include justification for the model and the values used for the key parameters.
The generic approach is provided in the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13276A573).
3.2.1.6.A   Confirm that the revised analyses for makeup rates, boration strategies, and core cooling times based on the use of low leakage RCP seals are adequately justified and appropriately reflected in the sequence of events timeline.
The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13276A224).
3.2.1.6.8   Confirm that the revised safety injection accumulator isolation strategy will ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection into the RCS.
3.4.A Confirm that NEI 12-06, Section 12.2, guidelines 2 through 10, regarding minimum capabilities for offsite resources, have been adequately addressed.
3.2.1.8.A   Confirm that the revised boration strategies ensure that acceptable shutdown margin will be maintained throughout all phases of an ELAP event.
Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in this Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report. 5.0  
3.2.1.9.A   Confirm that the design requirements and supporting analyses for the portable FLEX pumps show that they are capable of performing their respective functions as credited in the mitigating strategies.
3.2.3.A     Confirm that the RNP strategies for maintaining containment are consistent with the containment pressure and temperature analysis for all 3 phases of an ELAP event.
3.2.4.1.A   Confirm that cooling water will be supplied, as needed, to plant equipment credited to perform a mitigation strategies function under ELAP conditions.
3.2.4.2.A   Confirm that actions necessary to ensure equipment functionality and personnel habitability during an ELAP event are appropriately incorporated into the FLEX strategies, based on the analyses of the impact of high temperatures on various areas/compartments
{_main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room).
3.2.4.2.8   Confirm that adequate ventilation is provided to the battery rooms to prevent unacceptable levels of hydrogen accumulation.
3.2.4.3.A   Confirm that appropriate actions are implemented to address the loss of heat tracing on instrument lines under ELAP conditions.
3.2.4.4.A   The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML12311A299 and ML13058A045) and has determined that the assessment is reasonable (ADAMS Accession No. ML13105A413). Confirm that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.
3.2.4.7.A   Confirm that alternate sources of cooling water, such as Lake Robinson or the discharge canal, have been evaluated for the potential impacts of reduced water quality, and that actions to address water quality have been developed, as needed to ensure the successful implementation of the RNP mitigating strategies.
3.2.4.9.A   Confirm that the methods and sources for refueling the FLEX equipment are consistent with the analyzed fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment.
3.2.4.10.A   Confirm the sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phases 2 and 3.
 
Item Number                                   Description                                   Notes 3.2.4.10.B       Confirm that the ELAP load shed analysis has adequately accounted for the loss of functions and has addressed any impacts on defense in depth and redundancy.
3.3.1.A         Confirm that the licensee's implementation of maintenance and testing guidance for FLEX equipment conforms to the generic approach endorsed by the staff, or constitutes an acceptable alternate approach. The generic approach is provided in the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A573). The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A224).
3.4.A           Confirm that NEI 12-06, Section 12.2, guidelines 2 through 10, regarding minimum capabilities for offsite resources, have been adequately addressed.
Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in this Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report.
5.0    


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
As required by Order EA-12-049, the licensee is developing, and will implement and maintain, guidance and strategies to restore or maintain core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE. These new requirements provide a greater mitigation capability consistent with the overall defense-in-depth philosophy, and, therefore, greater assurance that the challenges posed by BDBEEs to power reactors do not pose an undue risk to public health and safety. The NRC's objective in preparing this interim staff evaluation and audit report is to provide a finding to the licensee on whether or not their Integrated Plan, if implemented as described, provides a reasonable path for compliance with the order. For areas where the NRC staff has insufficient information to make this finding (identified above in Section 4.0), the staff will review these areas as they become available or address them as part of the inspection process. The staff notes that the licensee has the ability to modify their plans as stated in NEI 12-06, Section 11.8. However, additional NRC review and/or inspection may be necessary to verify compliance.
 
As required by Order EA-12-049, the licensee is developing, and will implement and maintain, guidance and strategies to restore or maintain core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE. These new requirements provide a greater mitigation capability consistent with the overall defense-in-depth philosophy, and, therefore, greater assurance that the challenges posed by BDBEEs to power reactors do not pose an undue risk to public health and safety.
The NRC's objective in preparing this interim staff evaluation and audit report is to provide a finding to the licensee on whether or not their Integrated Plan, if implemented as described, provides a reasonable path for compliance with the order. For areas where the NRC staff has insufficient information to make this finding (identified above in Section 4.0), the staff will review these areas as they become available or address them as part of the inspection process. The staff notes that the licensee has the ability to modify their plans as stated in NEI 12-06, Section 11.8. However, additional NRC review and/or inspection may be necessary to verify compliance.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's plans for additional defense-in-depth measures.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's plans for additional defense-in-depth measures.
With the exception of the items noted in Section 4.0 above, the staff finds that the proposed measures, properly implemented, will meet the intent of Order EA-12-049, thereby enhancing the licensee's capability to mitigate the consequences of a beyond-design-basis external event that impacts the availability of alternating current power and the ultimate heat sink. Full   compliance with the order will enable the NRC to continue to have reasonable assurance of adequate protection of public health and safety. The staff will issue a safety evaluation confirming compliance with the order and may conduct inspections to verify proper implementation of the licensee's proposed measures.  
With the exception of the items noted in Section 4.0 above, the staff finds that the proposed measures, properly implemented, will meet the intent of Order EA-12-049, thereby enhancing the licensee's capability to mitigate the consequences of a beyond-design-basis external event that impacts the availability of alternating current power and the ultimate heat sink. Full
 
compliance with the order will enable the NRC to continue to have reasonable assurance of adequate protection of public health and safety. The staff will issue a safety evaluation confirming compliance with the order and may conduct inspections to verify proper implementation of the licensee's proposed measures.


==6.0 REFERENCES==
==6.0   REFERENCES==
: 1. Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," March 12, 2012 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML 12054A736)  
: 1. Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," March 12, 2012 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML12054A736)
: 2. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "Overall Integrated Plan in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA-12-049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13071A415)  
: 2. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "Overall Integrated Plan in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA       049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415)
: 3. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "First Six-Month Status Report in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA-12-049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13252A243)  
: 3. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "First Six-Month Status Report in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA-12-049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243)
: 4. SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," July 12, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 11186A950)  
: 4. SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," July 12, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11186A950)
: 5. SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," September 9, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 11245A158)  
: 5. SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," September 9, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11245A158)
: 6. SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," October 3, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 11272A 111) 7. SRM-SECY-11-0093, "Staff Requirements-SECY-11-0093-Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions following the Events in Japan," August 19, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 112310021)  
: 6. SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," October 3, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11272A111)
: 8. SRM-SECY-11-0124, "Staff Requirements-SECY-11-0124-Recommended Actions to be Take without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," October 18, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112911571)  
: 7. SRM-SECY-11-0093, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0093- Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions following the Events in Japan," August 19, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112310021)
: 9. SRM-SECY-11-0137, "Staff Requirements-SECY-11-0137-Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," December 15, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 113490055)  
: 8. SRM-SECY-11-0124, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0124- Recommended Actions to be Take without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," October 18, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112911571)
: 10. Letter from Adrian Heymer (NEI) to David L. Skeen (NRC), "An Integrated, Safety-Focused Approach to Expediting Implementation of Fukushima Dai-ichi Lessons Learned," December 16, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 11353A008)   11. SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," February 17, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12039A103)  
: 9. SRM-SECY-11-0137, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0137- Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned,"
: 12. SRM-SECY-12-0025, "Staff Requirements-SECY-12-0025-Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," March 9, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 120690347)  
December 15, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML113490055)
: 13. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision B, May 4, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12144A419)  
: 10. Letter from Adrian Heymer (NEI) to David L. Skeen (NRC), "An Integrated, Safety-Focused Approach to Expediting Implementation of Fukushima Dai-ichi Lessons Learned," December 16, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11353A008)
: 14. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision B1, May 13,2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12143A232)  
: 11. SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," February 17, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12039A103)
: 15. Draft JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," May 31, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12146A014)  
: 12. SRM-SECY-12-0025, "Staff Requirements- SECY-12-0025- Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," March 9, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML120690347)
: 16. NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068), August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12229A253)  
: 13. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)
: 17. Nuclear Energy Institute, Comments from Adrian P. Heymer on Draft Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Basis External Events,", July 3, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12191 0390) 18. Nuclear Energy Institute document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision 0, August 21, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12242A378)  
Implementation Guide," Revision B, May 4, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12144A419)
: 19. Final Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12229A174)  
: 14. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)
: 20. Letter from Jack R. Davis (NRC) to All Operating Reactor Licensees and Holders of Construction Permits, "Nuclear Regulatory Commission Audits of Licensee Responses to Mitigation Strategies Order EA-12-049," August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13234A503)  
Implementation Guide," Revision B1, May 13,2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12143A232)
: 21. Letter from J. Bowen, MegaTech Services, LLC, to E. Bowman, NRC, "Fourth Batch SE Final Revision 0-1 Site," dated January 24, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 14027A060), submitting the Technical Evaluation Report for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2.
: 15. Draft JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," May 31, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12146A014)
Principal Contributors:
: 16. NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068),
R. Beacom M. McConnell J. Miller B. Heida E. Bowman G. Armstrong S. Gardocki R. Hall Date: February 19, 2014 Enclosure 2 Technical Evaluation Report ADAMS Accession No. ML 14027 A063 LLC Technical Evaluation Report Related to Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events, EA-12-049 Revision 0 January 24, 2014 Carolina Power and Light (CP&L) H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Docket No 50-261 Prepared for: U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 Contract N RC-HQ-13-C-03-0039 Task Order No. NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001 Job Code: J4672 TAC No. MF0720 Prepared by: Mega-Tech Services, LLC 11118 Manor View Drive Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 11118 Manor View Drive
August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12229A253)
: 17. Nuclear Energy Institute, Comments from Adrian P. Heymer on Draft Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events,", July 3, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML121910390)
: 18. Nuclear Energy Institute document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision 0, August 21, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12242A378)
: 19. Final Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12229A174)
: 20. Letter from Jack R. Davis (NRC) to All Operating Reactor Licensees and Holders of Construction Permits, "Nuclear Regulatory Commission Audits of Licensee Responses to Mitigation Strategies Order EA-12-049," August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503)
: 21. Letter from J. Bowen, MegaTech Services, LLC, to E. Bowman, NRC, "Fourth Batch SE Final Revision 0- 1 Site," dated January 24, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14027A060), submitting the Technical Evaluation Report for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2.
 
Principal Contributors: R. Beacom M. McConnell J. Miller B. Heida E. Bowman G. Armstrong S. Gardocki R. Hall Date: February 19, 2014
 
Enclosure 2 Technical Evaluation Report ADAMS Accession No. ML14027A063
 
LLC Technical Evaluation Report Related to Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events, EA-12-049 Revision 0 January 24, 2014 Carolina Power and Light (CP&L)
H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Docket No 50-261 Prepared for:
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 Contract N RC-HQ-13-C-03-0039 Task Order No. NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001 Job Code: J4672 TAC No. MF0720 Prepared by:
Mega-Tech Services, LLC 11118 Manor View Drive Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 11118 Manor View Drive
* Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 804.789.1577
* Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 804.789.1577
* Fax: 804.789.1578 www.mega-techservices.biz
* Fax: 804.789.1578 www.mega-techservices.biz


===1.0 BACKGROUND===
Technical Evaluation Report H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Order EA-12-049 Evaluation


Technical Evaluation Report H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Order EA-12-049 Evaluation Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic, methodical review of NRC regulations and processes to determine if the agency should make additional improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi.
==1.0 BACKGROUND==
As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders.
Documentation of the staff's efforts is contained in SECY 0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011, and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011. As directed by the Commission's staff requirement memorandum (SAM) for SECY 0093, the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations.
SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the staff's prioritization of the recommendations.
After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124 and SRM-SECY-11-0137, the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEEs).
At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI) letter, dated December 16, 2011 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML 11353A008).
FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors relative to the approach that was envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.
On February 17,2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies.
As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025, the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events." Guidance and strategies required by the Order would be available if a loss of power, motive force and normal access to the ultimate heat sink needed to prevent fuel damage in the reactor and SFP affected all units at a site simultaneously.
The Order requires a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources Revision 0 Page 2 of 60 2014-01-24 to maintain or restore key safety functions including core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling. The transition phase requires providing sufficient portable onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from offsite. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely.
NEI submitted its document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide" in August 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12242A378) to provide specifications for an industry-developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to Order EA-12-049.
The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEEs that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh)(2) of 10 CFR 50.54, "Conditions of licenses .. " As described in Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," the NRC staff considers that the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in conformance with the guidelines provided in NEI 12-06, Revision 0, subject to the clarifications in Attachment 1 of the ISG are an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
In response to Order EA-12-049, licensees submitted Overall Integrated Plans {hereafter, the Integrated Plan) describing their course of action for mitigation strategies that are to conform with the guidance of NEI 12-06, or provide an acceptable alternative to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Order EA-12-049.


===2.0 EVALUATION===
Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic, methodical review of NRC regulations and processes to determine if the agency should make additional improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi. As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders.
Documentation of the staff's efforts is contained in SECY 0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011, and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011.
As directed by the Commission's staff requirement memorandum (SAM) for SECY 0093, the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations. SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the staff's prioritization of the recommendations.
After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124 and SRM-SECY-11-0137, the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEEs). At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI) letter, dated December 16, 2011 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML11353A008). FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors relative to the approach that was envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.
On February 17,2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies. As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025, the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events."
Guidance and strategies required by the Order would be available if a loss of power, motive force and normal access to the ultimate heat sink needed to prevent fuel damage in the reactor and SFP affected all units at a site simultaneously. The Order requires a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources Revision 0                                   Page 2 of 60                              2014-01-24


PROCESS In accordance with the provisions of Contract NRC-HQ-13-C-03-0039, Task Order No. NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001, Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) performed an evaluation of each licensee's Integrated Plan. As part of the evaluation, MTS, in parallel with the NRC staff, reviewed the original Integrated Plan and the first 6-month status update, and conducted an audit of the licensee documents.
to maintain or restore key safety functions including core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling. The transition phase requires providing sufficient portable onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from offsite. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely.
The staff and MTS also reviewed the licensee's answers to the NRC staff's and MTS's questions as part of the audit process. The objective of the evaluation was to assess whether the proposed mitigation strategies conformed to the guidance in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by the positions stated in JLD-ISG-2012-01, or an acceptable alternative had been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
NEI submitted its document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)
The audit plan that describes the audit process was provided to all licensees in a letter dated August 29, 2013 from Jack R. Davis, Director, Mitigating Strategies Directorate  
Implementation Guide" in August 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12242A378) to provide specifications for an industry-developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to Order EA-12-049. The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEEs that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh)(2) of 10 CFR 50.54, "Conditions of licenses . "
{ADAMS Accession No. ML 13234A503).
As described in Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," the NRC staff considers that the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in conformance with the guidelines provided in NEI 12-06, Revision 0, subject to the clarifications in Attachment 1 of the ISG are an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
In response to Order EA-12-049, licensees submitted Overall Integrated Plans {hereafter, the Integrated Plan) describing their course of action for mitigation strategies that are to conform with the guidance of NEI 12-06, or provide an acceptable alternative to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
2.0 EVALUATION PROCESS In accordance with the provisions of Contract NRC-HQ-13-C-03-0039, Task Order No.
NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001, Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) performed an evaluation of each licensee's Integrated Plan. As part of the evaluation, MTS, in parallel with the NRC staff, reviewed the original Integrated Plan and the first 6-month status update, and conducted an audit of the licensee documents. The staff and MTS also reviewed the licensee's answers to the NRC staff's and MTS's questions as part of the audit process. The objective of the evaluation was to assess whether the proposed mitigation strategies conformed to the guidance in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by the positions stated in JLD-ISG-2012-01, or an acceptable alternative had been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049. The audit plan that describes the audit process was provided to all licensees in a letter dated August 29, 2013 from Jack R. Davis, Director, Mitigating Strategies Directorate {ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503).
The review and evaluation of the licensee's Integrated Plan was performed in the following areas consistent with NEI 12-06 and the regulatory guidance of JLD-ISG-2012-01:
The review and evaluation of the licensee's Integrated Plan was performed in the following areas consistent with NEI 12-06 and the regulatory guidance of JLD-ISG-2012-01:
* Evaluation of External Hazards
* Evaluation of External Hazards
* Phased Approach )o> Initial Response Phase )o> Transition Phase )o> Final Phase
* Phased Approach
* Core Cooling Strategies Revision 0 Page 3 of 60 2014-01-24
        )o> Initial Response Phase
        )o> Transition Phase
        )o> Final Phase
* Core Cooling Strategies Revision 0                                 Page 3 of 60                                 2014-01-24
* SFP Cooling Strategies
* SFP Cooling Strategies
* Containment Function Strategies
* Containment Function Strategies
* Programmatic Controls Equipment Protection, Storage, and Deployment Equipment Quality The technical evaluation  
* Programmatic Controls
{TE) in Section 3.0 documents the results of the MTS evaluation and audit results. Section 4.0 summarizes Confirmatory Items and Open Items that require further evaluation before a conclusion can be reached that the Integrated Plan is consistent with the guidance in NEI 12-06 or an acceptable alternative has been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049.
        ~ Equipment Protection, Storage, and Deployment
For the purpose of this evaluation, the following definitions are used for Confirmatory Item and Open Item. Confirmatory Item -an item that is considered conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete.
        ~ Equipment Quality The technical evaluation {TE) in Section 3.0 documents the results of the MTS evaluation and audit results. Section 4.0 summarizes Confirmatory Items and Open Items that require further evaluation before a conclusion can be reached that the Integrated Plan is consistent with the guidance in NEI 12-06 or an acceptable alternative has been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049. For the purpose of this evaluation, the following definitions are used for Confirmatory Item and Open Item.
These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with Order EA-12-049.
Confirmatory Item - an item that is considered conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete. These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with Order EA-12-049.
Open Item -an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution.
Open Item - an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution. The intent behind designating an issue as an Open Item is to document items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process.
The intent behind designating an issue as an Open Item is to document items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process. Additionally, for the purpose of this evaluation and the NRC staff's interim staff evaluation (ISE), licensee statements, commitments, and references to existing programs that are subject to routine NRC oversight (Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) program, procedure program, quality assurance program, modification configuration control program, etc.) will generally be accepted.
Additionally, for the purpose of this evaluation and the NRC staff's interim staff evaluation (ISE),
For example, references to existing UFSAR information that supports the licensee's overall mitigating strategies plan, will be assumed to be correct, unless there is a specific reason to question its accuracy.
licensee statements, commitments, and references to existing programs that are subject to routine NRC oversight (Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) program, procedure program, quality assurance program, modification configuration control program, etc.) will generally be accepted. For example, references to existing UFSAR information that supports the licensee's overall mitigating strategies plan, will be assumed to be correct, unless there is a specific reason to question its accuracy. Likewise, if a licensee states that they will generate a procedure to implement a specific mitigating strategy, assuming that the procedure would otherwise support the licensee's plan, this evaluation accepts that a proper procedure will be prepared. This philosophy for this evaluation and the ISE does not imply that there are any limits in this area to future NRC inspection activities.
Likewise, if a licensee states that they will generate a procedure to implement a specific mitigating strategy, assuming that the procedure would otherwise support the licensee's plan, this evaluation accepts that a proper procedure will be prepared.
 
This philosophy for this evaluation and the ISE does not imply that there are any limits in this area to future NRC inspection activities.  
==3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION==
 
By letter dated February 26, 2013, (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415) and as supplemented by the first 6-month status report in a letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243) Duke Energy/Carolina Power and Light (CP&L) {hereinafter referred to as the licensee) provided H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2's (RNP)
Integrated Plan for Compliance with Order EA-12-049 for. The Integrated Plan describes the strategies and guidance under development for implementation by the licensee for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE, including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049. By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503), the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049. That letter described the process used by the NRC staff in its review, leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report. The purpose of the staff's audit is to determine the extent to which the licensees are proceeding on a path Revision 0                                  Page 4 of 60                                2014-01-24


===3.0 TECHNICAL===
towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the Order.
3.1 EVALUATION OF EXTERNAL HAZARDS Sections 4 through 9 of NEI 12-06 provide the NRC-endorsed methodology for the determination of applicable extreme external hazards in order to identify potential complicating factors for the protection and deployment of equipment needed for mitigation of BDBEEs leading to an extended loss of all alternating current (ac) power (ELAP) and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink (UHS). These hazards are broadly grouped into the categories discussed below in Sections 3.1.1 through 3.1.5 of this evaluation. Characterization of the applicable hazards for a specific site includes the identification of realistic timelines for the hazard; characterization of the functional threats due to the hazard; development of a strategy for responding to events with warning; and development of a strategy for responding to events without warning.
3.1.1  Seismic Events NEI 12-06, Section 5.2 states that:
All sites will address BDB [beyond-design-basis] seismic considerations in the implementation of FLEX strategies, as described below. The basis for this is that, while some sites are in areas with lower seismic activity, their design basis generally reflects that lower activity. There are large, and unavoidable, uncertainties in the seismic hazard for all U.S. plants. In order to provide an increased level of safety, the FLEX deployment strategy will address seismic hazards at all sites.
These considerations will be treated in four primary areas: protection of FLEX equipment, deployment of FLEX equipment, procedural interfaces, and considerations in utilizing off-site resources.
On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that per the RNP UFSAR, the site is located in Zone 1 of the Uniform Building Codes' Map and Equal Seismic Probability, which is characterized as a zone of light earthquake activity that would result in minor damage.
Additionally, the dynamic analyses of all seismic Category 1 structures include the operating basis earthquake (OBE) and safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) with design values of maximum horizontal ground acceleration of 0.1 g and 0.2g respectively.
On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the Integrated Plan assumes the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic re-evaluations do not result in changes to the current design basis.
The licensee also stated that it is assumed that the seismic re-evaluation does not adversely impact the equipment that forms a part of the RNP FLEX strategy, and that any changes to the seismic basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.1.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- Seismic Hazard Revision 0                                   Page 5 of 60                                2014-01-24


EVALUATION By letter dated February 26, 2013, (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13071 A415) and as supplemented by the first 6-month status report in a letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13252A243)
NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.1 states:
Duke Energy/Carolina Power and Light (CP&L) {hereinafter referred to as the licensee) provided H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2's (RNP) Integrated Plan for Compliance with Order EA-12-049 for. The Integrated Plan describes the strategies and guidance under development for implementation by the licensee for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE, including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049.
: 1. FLEX equipment should be stored in one or more of following three configurations:
By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13234A503), the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049.
: a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)( e.g., existing safety-related structure).
That letter described the process used by the NRC staff in its review, leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report. The purpose of the staff's audit is to determine the extent to which the licensees are proceeding on a path Revision 0 Page 4 of 60 2014-01-24 towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the Order. 3.1 EVALUATION OF EXTERNAL HAZARDS Sections 4 through 9 of NEI 12-06 provide the NRC-endorsed methodology for the determination of applicable extreme external hazards in order to identify potential complicating factors for the protection and deployment of equipment needed for mitigation of BDBEEs leading to an extended loss of all alternating current (ac) power (ELAP) and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink (UHS). These hazards are broadly grouped into the categories discussed below in Sections 3.1.1 through 3.1.5 of this evaluation.
: b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to [American Society of Civil Engineers] ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
Characterization of the applicable hazards for a specific site includes the identification of realistic timelines for the hazard; characterization of the functional threats due to the hazard; development of a strategy for responding to events with warning; and development of a strategy for responding to events without warning. 3.1.1 Seismic Events NEI 12-06, Section 5.2 states that: All sites will address BDB [beyond-design-basis]
: c. Outside a structure and evaluated for seismic interactions to ensure equipment is not damaged by non-seismically robust components or structures.
seismic considerations in the implementation of FLEX strategies, as described below. The basis for this is that, while some sites are in areas with lower seismic activity, their design basis generally reflects that lower activity.
: 2. Large portable FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies should be secured as appropriate to protect them during a seismic event (i.e., Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) level).
There are large, and unavoidable, uncertainties in the seismic hazard for all U.S. plants. In order to provide an increased level of safety, the FLEX deployment strategy will address seismic hazards at all sites. These considerations will be treated in four primary areas: protection of FLEX equipment, deployment of FLEX equipment, procedural interfaces, and considerations in utilizing off-site resources.
: 3. Stored equipment and structures should be evaluated and protected from seismic interactions to ensure that unsecured and/or non-seismic components do not damage the equipment.
On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that per the RNP UFSAR, the site is located in Zone 1 of the Uniform Building Codes' Map and Equal Seismic Probability, which is characterized as a zone of light earthquake activity that would result in minor damage. Additionally, the dynamic analyses of all seismic Category 1 structures include the operating basis earthquake (OBE) and safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) with design values of maximum horizontal ground acceleration of 0.1 g and 0.2g respectively.
On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the Integrated Plan assumes the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic re-evaluations do not result in changes to the current design basis. The licensee also stated that it is assumed that the seismic re-evaluation does not adversely impact the equipment that forms a part of the RNP FLEX strategy, and that any changes to the seismic basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.1.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment-Seismic Hazard Revision 0 Page 5 of 60 2014-01-24 NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.1 states: 1. FLEX equipment should be stored in one or more of following three configurations:  
: a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)( e.g., existing safety-related structure).  
: b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to [American Society of Civil Engineers]
ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.  
: c. Outside a structure and evaluated for seismic interactions to ensure equipment is not damaged by non-seismically robust components or structures.  
: 2. Large portable FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies should be secured as appropriate to protect them during a seismic event (i.e., Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) level). 3. Stored equipment and structures should be evaluated and protected from seismic interactions to ensure that unsecured and/or non-seismic components do not damage the equipment.
On page 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that where non-safety, non-seismically designed, permanently installed equipment is used for FLEX strategies, structures systems and components (SSC's) will be considered seismically robust if:
On page 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that where non-safety, non-seismically designed, permanently installed equipment is used for FLEX strategies, structures systems and components (SSC's) will be considered seismically robust if:
* Seismic Qualification Utility Group (SQUG) methods are applied per existing plant licensing basis.
* Seismic Qualification Utility Group (SQUG) methods are applied per existing plant licensing basis.
* Testing, analysis or experience-based methods are applied for the equipment class at design basis seismic levels.
* Testing, analysis or experience-based methods are applied for the equipment class at design basis seismic levels.
* Methodologies in Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) 1019199, "Experience Based Seismic Verification Guidelines for Piping and Tubing Systems," can be successfully applied relative to the SSE. As indicated in its Integrated Plan, the licensee intends to construct a single FLEX equipment storage facility.
* Methodologies in Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) 1019199, "Experience Based Seismic Verification Guidelines for Piping and Tubing Systems," can be successfully applied relative to the SSE.
On page 18 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the FLEX equipment storage building location has not yet been decided. On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0 Page 6 of 60 2014-01-24 structures would be protected from seismic interactions.
As indicated in its Integrated Plan, the licensee intends to construct a single FLEX equipment storage facility. On page 18 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the FLEX equipment storage building location has not yet been decided.
This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
3.1.1.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment  
The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0                                   Page 6 of 60                               2014-01-24
--Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.2 states: The baseline capability requirements already address loss of non-seismically robust equipment and tanks as well as loss of all AC. So, these seismic considerations are implicitly addressed.
 
There are five considerations for the deployment of FLEX equipment following a seismic event: 1. If the equipment needs to be moved from a storage location to a different point for deployment, the route to be traveled should be reviewed for potential soil liquefaction that could impede movement following a severe seismic event. 2. At least one connection point for the FLEX equipment will only require access through seismically robust structures.
structures would be protected from seismic interactions. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.
This includes both the connection point and any areas that plant operators will have to access to deploy or control the capability.  
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 3. If the plant FLEX strategy relies on a water source that is not seismically robust, e.g., a downstream dam, the deployment of FLEX coping capabilities should address how water will be accessed.
3.1.1.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment -- Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.2 states:
Most sites with this configuration have an underwater berm that retains a needed volume of water. However, accessing this water may require new or different equipment.  
The baseline capability requirements already address loss of non-seismically robust equipment and tanks as well as loss of all AC. So, these seismic considerations are implicitly addressed.
: 4. If power is required to move or deploy the equipment (e.g., to open the door from a storage location), then power supplies should be provided as part of the FLEX deployment.  
There are five considerations for the deployment of FLEX equipment following a seismic event:
: 5. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event. On page 7 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that deployment routes shown in Figure 1 of the Integrated Plan are expected to be utilized to transport FLEX equipment to the deployment areas. The licensee also stated that the identified paths and deployment areas will be accessible during all modes of operation, and that this deployment strategy will be included within an administrative program in order to keep pathways clear or to take actions to clear the pathways.
: 1. If the equipment needs to be moved from a storage location to a different point for deployment, the route to be traveled should be reviewed for potential soil liquefaction that could impede movement following a severe seismic event.
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP Revision 0 Page 7 of 60 2014-01-24 procedures and programs are being developed to address deployment path and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson.
: 2. At least one connection point for the FLEX equipment will only require access through seismically robust structures. This includes both the connection point and any areas that plant operators will have to access to deploy or control the capability.
The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust, per Calculation 52212-C-069, Revision 1, "Updated Geotechnical Review," July 25, 2000, which was developed under the Individual Plant Examination for External Events (IPEEE) program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam. On pages 54 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.A in Section 4.2. On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the equipment connection points will be designed to withstand the applicable hazards. The licensee did not address consideration 1 regarding potential for liquefaction in the integrated plan, however, the licensee provided a reference (Calculation 52212-C-069) which contains an evaluation of the potential for liquefaction at the site. During the audit process, the licensee stated that it would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction, and that engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event. The Integrated Plan did not completely address consideration 2, regarding protected connection points and access through seismically robust structures, as deployment paths have not been determined.
: 3. If the plant FLEX strategy relies on a water source that is not seismically robust, e.g., a downstream dam, the deployment of FLEX coping capabilities should address how water will be accessed. Most sites with this configuration have an underwater berm that retains a needed volume of water. However, accessing this water may require new or different equipment.
During the audit process, the licensee specified that connection points for the secondary feed strategies are located in the Turbine Building (TB) Class 1 bay and the Reactor Auxiliary Building (RAB). Additionally, the strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building.
: 4. If power is required to move or deploy the equipment (e.g., to open the door from a storage location), then power supplies should be provided as part of the FLEX deployment.
Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies.
: 5. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event.
This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.B in Section 4.2. The licensee did not address consideration 4 regarding the need for power supplies to move or deploy the equipment.
On page 7 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that deployment routes shown in Figure 1 of the Integrated Plan are expected to be utilized to transport FLEX equipment to the deployment areas. The licensee also stated that the identified paths and deployment areas will be accessible during all modes of operation, and that this deployment strategy will be included within an administrative program in order to keep pathways clear or to take actions to clear the pathways.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that equipment doors shall be sized such that FLEX equipment can be moved from the building designed to withstand tornado missiles, and that all doors will be electrically operated with the capability for manual override.
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP Revision 0                                 Page 7 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
procedures and programs are being developed to address deployment path and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson. The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust, per Calculation 52212-C-069, Revision 1, "Updated Geotechnical Review,"
July 25, 2000, which was developed under the Individual Plant Examination for External Events (IPEEE) program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam.
On pages 54 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.A in Section 4.2.
On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the equipment connection points will be designed to withstand the applicable hazards.
The licensee did not address consideration 1 regarding potential for liquefaction in the integrated plan, however, the licensee provided a reference (Calculation 52212-C-069) which contains an evaluation of the potential for liquefaction at the site. During the audit process, the licensee stated that it would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction, and that engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event.
The Integrated Plan did not completely address consideration 2, regarding protected connection points and access through seismically robust structures, as deployment paths have not been determined. During the audit process, the licensee specified that connection points for the secondary feed strategies are located in the Turbine Building (TB) Class 1 bay and the Reactor Auxiliary Building (RAB). Additionally, the strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building. Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.B in Section 4.2.
The licensee did not address consideration 4 regarding the need for power supplies to move or deploy the equipment. During the audit process, the licensee stated that equipment doors shall be sized such that FLEX equipment can be moved from the building designed to withstand tornado missiles, and that all doors will be electrically operated with the capability for manual override.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.1.3 Procedural Interfaces-Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.3 states: Revision 0 Page 8 of 60 2014-01-24 There are four procedural interface considerations that should be addressed.  
3.1.1.3 Procedural Interfaces- Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.3 states:
Revision 0                                 Page 8 of 60                                 2014-01-24
 
There are four procedural interface considerations that should be addressed.
: 1. Seismic studies have shown that even seismically qualified electrical equipment can be affected by BOB seismic events. In order to address these considerations, each plant should compile a reference source for the plant operators that provides approaches to obtaining necessary instrument readings to support the implementation of the coping strategy (see Section 3.2.1.1 0). This reference source should include control room and non-control room readouts and should also provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings at containment penetrations, where applicable, using a portable instrument (e.g., a Fluke meter). Such a resource could be provided as an attachment to the plant procedures/guidance.
: 1. Seismic studies have shown that even seismically qualified electrical equipment can be affected by BOB seismic events. In order to address these considerations, each plant should compile a reference source for the plant operators that provides approaches to obtaining necessary instrument readings to support the implementation of the coping strategy (see Section 3.2.1.1 0). This reference source should include control room and non-control room readouts and should also provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings at containment penetrations, where applicable, using a portable instrument (e.g., a Fluke meter). Such a resource could be provided as an attachment to the plant procedures/guidance.
Guidance should include critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power. 2. Consideration should be given to the impacts from large internal flooding sources that are not seismically robust and do not require ac power (e.g., gravity drainage from lake or cooling basins for non-safety-related cooling water systems).  
Guidance should include critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power.
: 3. For sites that use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations, a strategy to remove this water will be required.  
: 2. Consideration should be given to the impacts from large internal flooding sources that are not seismically robust and do not require ac power (e.g.,
: 4. Additional guidance may be required to address the deployment of FLEX for those plants that could be impacted by failure of a not seismically robust downstream dam. In the 6-month update the licensee revised the initial strategy for determining local instrument readings from modifying instrument racks to a strategy to develop procedures to use a portable digital voltmeter at the instrument racks. The licensee also stated that they will develop a reference source to include control room (CR) and non-control room readouts and will provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings in the Hagan instrument racks. The necessary equipment will be stored and protected from applicable RNP hazards. The licensee did not address the need for guidance for critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.3.A in Section 4.2. On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson.
gravity drainage from lake or cooling basins for non-safety-related cooling water systems).
The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust per Calculation 52212-C-069, which was developed under the IPEEE program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding flooding:
: 3. For sites that use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations, a strategy to remove this water will be required.
: 4. Additional guidance may be required to address the deployment of FLEX for those plants that could be impacted by failure of a not seismically robust downstream dam.
In the 6-month update the licensee revised the initial strategy for determining local instrument readings from modifying instrument racks to a strategy to develop procedures to use a portable digital voltmeter at the instrument racks. The licensee also stated that they will develop a reference source to include control room (CR) and non-control room readouts and will provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings in the Hagan instrument racks.
The necessary equipment will be stored and protected from applicable RNP hazards.
The licensee did not address the need for guidance for critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.3.A in Section 4.2.
On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson. The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust per Calculation 52212-C-069, which was developed under the IPEEE program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding flooding:
* Internal flooding events are mitigated at RNP by the physical characteristics of the site in conjunction with procedures and specific systems, structures and components designed for that purpose.
* Internal flooding events are mitigated at RNP by the physical characteristics of the site in conjunction with procedures and specific systems, structures and components designed for that purpose.
* RNP does not have gravity drainage from the lake or cooling basins for non-safety related cooling water systems. Revision 0 Page 9 of 60 2014-01-24
* RNP does not have gravity drainage from the lake or cooling basins for non-safety related cooling water systems.
Revision 0                                   Page 9 of 60                                 2014-01-24
* The service water (SW) system in the RAB is seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
* The service water (SW) system in the RAB is seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
* The SW system in the TB is not seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
* The SW system in the TB is not seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
* The TB is an open structure that will readily drain in the event of a SW break. Additionally, the licensee specified that RNP does not use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations.
* The TB is an open structure that will readily drain in the event of a SW break.
Additionally, the licensee specified that RNP does not use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.1.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources  
3.1.1.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.4 states:
-Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.4 states: Severe seismic events can have far-reaching effects on the infrastructure in and around a plant. While nuclear power plants are designed for large seismic events, many parts of the Owner Controlled Area and surrounding infrastructure (e.g., roads, bridges, dams, etc.) may be designed to lesser standards.
Severe seismic events can have far-reaching effects on the infrastructure in and around a plant. While nuclear power plants are designed for large seismic events, many parts of the Owner Controlled Area and surrounding infrastructure (e.g., roads, bridges, dams, etc.) may be designed to lesser standards.
Obtaining off-site resources may require use of alternative transportation (such as air-lift capability) that can overcome or circumvent damage to the existing local infrastructure.  
Obtaining off-site resources may require use of alternative transportation (such as air-lift capability) that can overcome or circumvent damage to the existing local infrastructure.
: 1. The FLEX strategies will need to assess the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a seismic event. On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources:
: 1. The FLEX strategies will need to assess the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a seismic event.
The industry will establish two (2) Regional Response Centers (RRCs) to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the Strategic Alliance for FLEX Emergency Response (SAFER) team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours from the initial request. On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan (RRC playbook) to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.  
On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources: The industry will establish two (2) Regional Response Centers (RRCs) to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the Strategic Alliance for FLEX Emergency Response (SAFER) team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] from the initial request.
On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan (RRC playbook) to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.2 Flooding NEI 12-06, Section 6.2 states:
Revision 0                                    Page 10 of 60                            2014-01-24


====3.1.2 Flooding====
The evaluation of external flood-induced challenges has three parts. The first part is determining whether the site is susceptible to external flooding. The second part is the characterization of the applicable external flooding threat. The third part is the application of the flooding characterization to the protection and deployment of FLEX strategies.
NEI 12-06, Section 6.2 states: Revision 0 Page 10 of 60 2014-01-24 The evaluation of external flood-induced challenges has three parts. The first part is determining whether the site is susceptible to external flooding.
NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.1 states in part:
The second part is the characterization of the applicable external flooding threat. The third part is the application of the flooding characterization to the protection and deployment of FLEX strategies.
Susceptibility to external flooding is based on whether the site is a "dry" site, i.e.,
NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.1 states in part: Susceptibility to external flooding is based on whether the site is a "dry" site, i.e., the plant is built above the design basis flood level (DBFL). For sites that are not "dry,"water intrusion is prevented by barriers and there could be a potential for those barriers to be exceeded or compromised.
the plant is built above the design basis flood level (DBFL). For sites that are not "dry,"water intrusion is prevented by barriers and there could be a potential for those barriers to be exceeded or compromised. Such sites would include those that are kept "dry" by permanently installed barriers, e.g., seawall, levees, etc.,
Such sites would include those that are kept "dry" by permanently installed barriers, e.g., seawall, levees, etc., and those that install temporary barriers or rely on watertight doors to keep the design basis flood from impacting safe shutdown equipment.
and those that install temporary barriers or rely on watertight doors to keep the design basis flood from impacting safe shutdown equipment.
On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that this hazard is not applicable to RNP since the plant is built above the design basis flood level. As stated in the RNP UFSAR Chapter 2 (Sections 2.4.2 and 2.4.4) the maximum flood elevation is 222ft. while the grade level at RNP is 225ft. Per NEI 12-06 (Section 6.2.1 ), RNP is classified as a dry site and the external flood hazard is, therefore, not applicable on site. On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic and flood re-evaluations are assumed to not result in changes to the current design basis. It is assumed that RNP remains dry subsequent to the external flood event, and that any changes to the flood design basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following additional information from the UFSAR regarding flooding:
On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that this hazard is not applicable to RNP since the plant is built above the design basis flood level. As stated in the RNP UFSAR Chapter 2 (Sections 2.4.2 and 2.4.4) the maximum flood elevation is 222ft. while the grade level at RNP is 225ft. Per NEI 12-06 (Section 6.2.1 ), RNP is classified as a dry site and the external flood hazard is, therefore, not applicable on site.
Per US FAR Section 2.4.1.1, flooding at the plant will not occur, as plant grade is above the maximum lake level which can be maintained by the dam and appurtenant structures.
On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic and flood re-evaluations are assumed to not result in changes to the current design basis. It is assumed that RNP remains dry subsequent to the external flood event, and that any changes to the flood design basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order.
Additionally, UFSAR per Section 2.4.4.2, flow spills over two electrically operated tainter gates under normal operation as well as discharging through valves. Peak flows at Lake Robinson will be controlled by opening the tainter gates. Auxiliary power is available to operate the gates in the event of power failure. Issues from Sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2 and 3.1 .2.3, are not addressed since the site is a dry site, however Section 3.1.2.4 regarding obtaining off site resources is addressed as off-site flooding issues are possible.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following additional information from the UFSAR regarding flooding: Per US FAR Section 2.4.1.1, flooding at the plant will not occur, as plant grade is above the maximum lake level which can be maintained by the dam and appurtenant structures. Additionally, UFSAR per Section 2.4.4.2, flow spills over two electrically operated tainter gates under normal operation as well as discharging through valves. Peak flows at Lake Robinson will be controlled by opening the tainter gates. Auxiliary power is available to operate the gates in the event of power failure.
Issues from Sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2 and 3.1 .2.3, are not addressed since the site is a dry site, however Section 3.1.2.4 regarding obtaining off site resources is addressed as off-site flooding issues are possible.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for flooding hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for flooding hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.2.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources  
3.1.2.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - Flooding Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.3.4 states:
-Flooding Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.3.4 states: Extreme external floods can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.
Extreme external floods can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.
Revision 0 Page 11 of 60 2014-01-24
Revision 0                                   Page 11 of 60                                 2014-01-24
: 1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a flood. 2. Sites impacted by persistent floods should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site. On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop the RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during flood hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a flood.
3.1.3 High Winds NEI 12-06, Section 7, provides the NRC-endorsed screening process for evaluation of high wind hazards. This screening process considers the hazard due to hurricanes and tornadoes.
: 2. Sites impacted by persistent floods should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site.
The first part of the evaluation of high wind challenges is determining whether the site is potentially susceptible to different high wind conditions to allow characterization of the applicable high wind hazard. The screening for high wind hazards associated with hurricanes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-1 (Figure 3-1 of U.S. NRC, "Technical Basis for Regulatory Guidance on Design Basis Hurricane Wind Speeds for Nuclear Power Plants," NUREG/CR-7005, December, 2009); if the resulting frequency of recurrence of hurricanes with wind speeds in excess of 130 mph exceeds 1 o*6 per year, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with hurricanes.
On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop the RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.
The screening for high wind hazard associated with tornadoes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-2, from U.S. NRC, "Tornado Climatology of the Contiguous United States," NUREG/CR-4461, Rev. 2, February 2007; if the recommended tornado design wind speed for a 1 o-6/year probability exceeds 130 mph, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with tornadoes.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during flood hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
On pages 5 and 6 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information:
3.1.3 High Winds NEI 12-06, Section 7, provides the NRC-endorsed screening process for evaluation of high wind hazards. This screening process considers the hazard due to hurricanes and tornadoes. The first part of the evaluation of high wind challenges is determining whether the site is potentially susceptible to different high wind conditions to allow characterization of the applicable high wind hazard.
The high wind hazard is applicable for RNP. RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). gust wind speed, per NEI12-06 Figure 7-1, is 170 mph. Tornado design wind speed per NEI 12-06 Figure 7-2, Region 1, which includes RNP, is 200 mph. These values indicate that RNP has the potential to experience severe winds from hurricanes and tornadoes with the capacity to do significant damage, which are generally considered to be winds above 130 mph as defined in NEI 12-06 Section 7.2.1. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The screening for high wind hazards associated with hurricanes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-1 (Figure 3-1 of U.S. NRC, "Technical Basis for Regulatory Guidance on Design Basis Hurricane Wind Speeds for Nuclear Power Plants,"
Revision 0 Page 12 of 60 2014-01-24 3.1.3.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment  
NUREG/CR-7005, December, 2009); if the resulting frequency of recurrence of hurricanes with wind speeds in excess of 130 mph exceeds 1o*6 per year, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with hurricanes.
-High Winds Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.1 states: These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from high wind hazards: 1. For plants exposed to high wind hazards, FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the following configurations:
The screening for high wind hazard associated with tornadoes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-2, from U.S. NRC, "Tornado Climatology of the Contiguous United States," NUREG/CR-4461, Rev. 2, February 2007; if the recommended tornado design wind speed for a 1o-6 /year probability exceeds 130 mph, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with tornadoes.
Revision 0 a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for high wind hazards (e.g., existing safety-related structure).  
On pages 5 and 6 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: The high wind hazard is applicable for RNP. RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). Peak-gust wind speed, per NEI12-06 Figure 7-1, is 170 mph. Tornado design wind speed per NEI 12-06 Figure 7-2, Region 1, which includes RNP, is 200 mph. These values indicate that RNP has the potential to experience severe winds from hurricanes and tornadoes with the capacity to do significant damage, which are generally considered to be winds above 130 mph as defined in NEI 12-06 Section 7.2.1.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Revision 0                                   Page 12 of 60                             2014-01-24
 
3.1.3.1   Protection of FLEX Equipment - High Winds Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.1 states:
These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from high wind hazards:
: 1. For plants exposed to high wind hazards, FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the following configurations:
: a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for high wind hazards (e.g., existing safety-related structure).
: b. In storage locations designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures given the limiting tornado wind speeds from Regulatory Guide 1.76 or design basis hurricane wind speeds for the site.
: b. In storage locations designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures given the limiting tornado wind speeds from Regulatory Guide 1.76 or design basis hurricane wind speeds for the site.
* Given the FLEX basis limiting tornado or hurricane wind speeds, building loads would be computed in accordance with requirements of ASCE 7-1 0. Acceptance criteria would be based on building serviceability requirements not strict compliance with stress or capacity limits. This would allow for some minor plastic deformation, yet assure that the building would remain functional.
* Given the FLEX basis limiting tornado or hurricane wind speeds, building loads would be computed in accordance with requirements of ASCE 7-1 0. Acceptance criteria would be based on building serviceability requirements not strict compliance with stress or capacity limits. This would allow for some minor plastic deformation, yet assure that the building would remain functional.
* Tornado missiles and hurricane missiles will be accounted for in that the FLEX equipment will be stored in diverse locations to provide reasonable assurance that N sets of FLEX equipment will remain deployable following the high wind event. This will consider locations adjacent to existing robust structures or in lower sections of buildings that minimizes the probability that missiles will damage all mitigation equipment required from a single event by protection from adjacent buildings and limiting pathways for missiles to damage equipment.
* Tornado missiles and hurricane missiles will be accounted for in that the FLEX equipment will be stored in diverse locations to provide reasonable assurance that N sets of FLEX equipment will remain deployable following the high wind event. This will consider locations adjacent to existing robust structures or in lower sections of buildings that minimizes the probability that missiles will damage all mitigation equipment required from a single event by protection from adjacent buildings and limiting pathways for missiles to damage equipment.
* The axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location.
* The axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location. In general, tornadoes travel from the West or West Southwesterly direction, diverse locations should be aligned in the North-South arrangement, where possible.
In general, tornadoes travel from the West or West Southwesterly direction, diverse locations should be aligned in the North-South arrangement, where possible.
Additionally, in selecting diverse FLEX storage locations, consideration should be given to the location of the diesel generators and switchyard such that the path of a single tornado would not impact all locations.
Additionally, in selecting diverse FLEX storage locations, consideration should be given to the location of the diesel generators and switchyard such that the path of a single tornado would not impact all locations.
* Stored mitigation equipment exposed to the wind should be adequately tied down. Loose equipment should be in protective boxes that are adequately tied down to foundations or slabs to prevent protected equipment from being damaged or becoming airborne. (During a tornado, high winds may blow away metal siding and metal deck roof, subjecting the equipment to high wind forces.) Page 13 of 60 2014-01-24
* Stored mitigation equipment exposed to the wind should be adequately tied down. Loose equipment should be in protective boxes that are adequately tied down to foundations or slabs to prevent protected equipment from being damaged or becoming airborne.
(During a tornado, high winds may blow away metal siding and metal deck roof, subjecting the equipment to high wind forces.)
Revision 0                                  Page 13 of 60                               2014-01-24
: c. In evaluated storage locations separated by a sufficient distance that minimizes the probability that a single event would damage all FLEX mitigation equipment such that at least N sets of FLEX equipment would remain deployable following the high wind event. {This option is not applicable for hurricane conditions).
: c. In evaluated storage locations separated by a sufficient distance that minimizes the probability that a single event would damage all FLEX mitigation equipment such that at least N sets of FLEX equipment would remain deployable following the high wind event. {This option is not applicable for hurricane conditions).
* Consistent with configuration b., the axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location.
* Consistent with configuration b., the axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location.
* Consistent with configuration b., stored mitigation equipment should be adequately tied down. On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from high wind events. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
* Consistent with configuration b., stored mitigation equipment should be adequately tied down.
3.1.3.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment  
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
-High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.2 states: There are a number of considerations which apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for high wind hazards: 1. For hurricane plants, the plant may not be at power prior to the simultaneous ELAP and LUHS condition.
The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from high wind events. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.
In fact, the plant may have been shut down and the plant configuration could be established to optimize FLEX deployment.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
For example, the portable pumps could be connected, tested, and readied for use prior to the arrival of the hurricane.
3.1.3.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.2 states:
Further, protective actions can be taken to reduce the potential for wind impacts. These factors can be credited in considering how the baseline capability is deployed.  
There are a number of considerations which apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for high wind hazards:
: 2. The ultimate heat sink may be one of the first functions affected by a hurricane due to debris and storm surge considerations.
: 1. For hurricane plants, the plant may not be at power prior to the simultaneous ELAP and LUHS condition. In fact, the plant may have been shut down and the plant configuration could be established to optimize FLEX deployment.
Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of ELAP/LUHS, along with any other equipment that would be damaged by the postulated storm. 3. Deployment of FLEX following a hurricane or tornado may involve the need to Revision 0 Page 14 of 60 2014-01-24 remove debris. Consequently, the capability to remove debris caused by these extreme wind storms should be included.  
For example, the portable pumps could be connected, tested, and readied for use prior to the arrival of the hurricane. Further, protective actions can be taken to reduce the potential for wind impacts. These factors can be credited in considering how the baseline capability is deployed.
: 4. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event. 5. The ability to move equipment and restock supplies may be hampered during a hurricane and should be considered in plans for deployment of FLEX equipment.
: 2. The ultimate heat sink may be one of the first functions affected by a hurricane due to debris and storm surge considerations. Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of ELAP/LUHS, along with any other equipment that would be damaged by the postulated storm.
: 3. Deployment of FLEX following a hurricane or tornado may involve the need to Revision 0                                   Page 14 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
remove debris. Consequently, the capability to remove debris caused by these extreme wind storms should be included.
: 4. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event.
: 5. The ability to move equipment and restock supplies may be hampered during a hurricane and should be considered in plans for deployment of FLEX equipment.
Regarding consideration 1, the Integrated Plan did not provide information regarding potential deployment actions that could be taken with advance hurricane high wind warning. It also did not identify that deployment vehicles designated for moving FLEX equipment would be protected from hurricane high wind damage. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," includes preparations for hurricane and tornados and also includes; deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event, ensuring debris removal equipment such as trucks and chain saws are fueled and available, adequate fuel oil is on hand, and sufficient consumables area available.
Regarding consideration 1, the Integrated Plan did not provide information regarding potential deployment actions that could be taken with advance hurricane high wind warning. It also did not identify that deployment vehicles designated for moving FLEX equipment would be protected from hurricane high wind damage. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," includes preparations for hurricane and tornados and also includes; deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event, ensuring debris removal equipment such as trucks and chain saws are fueled and available, adequate fuel oil is on hand, and sufficient consumables area available.
The licensee is also in the process of developing a FLEX support Guideline (FSG) for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging. Consideration 2, regarding storm surge considerations, is not applicable as RNP is not a coastal site. On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed to address storage structure requirements, deployment path requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. On pages 54 and 55 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that Phase 2 FLEX equipment includes debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader. On page 74 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that an analysis will be performed to determine the commodities requirements.
The licensee is also in the process of developing a FLEX support Guideline (FSG) for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.
Consideration 2, regarding storm surge considerations, is not applicable as RNP is not a coastal site.
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed to address storage structure requirements, deployment path requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
On pages 54 and 55 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that Phase 2 FLEX equipment includes debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader.
On page 74 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that an analysis will be performed to determine the commodities requirements.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.3.3 Procedural Interfaces  
3.1.3.3 Procedural Interfaces - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.3, states:
-High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.3, states: The overall plant response strategy should be enveloped by the baseline capabilities, but procedural interfaces may need to be considered.
The overall plant response strategy should be enveloped by the baseline capabilities, but procedural interfaces may need to be considered. For example, many sites have hurricane procedures. The actions necessary to support the deployment considerations identified above should be incorporated into those procedures.
For example, many sites have hurricane procedures.
Revision 0                                 Page 15 of 60                             2014-01-24
The actions necessary to support the deployment considerations identified above should be incorporated into those procedures.
 
Revision 0 Page 15 of 60 2014-01-24 On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," specifies preparations for hurricane and tornados that include deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event. The licensee is also in the process of developing FLEX FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," specifies preparations for hurricane and tornados that include deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event. The licensee is also in the process of developing FLEX FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.
3.1.3.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources  
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
-High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.4 states: Extreme storms with high winds can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.  
3.1.3.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.4 states:
: 1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a hurricane.  
Extreme storms with high winds can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.
: 2. Sites impacted by storms with high winds should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site. On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources:
: 1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a hurricane.
The industry will establish two (2) RRCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours from the initial request. On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 2. Sites impacted by storms with high winds should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site.
3.1.4 Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold As discussed in part in NEI 12-06, Section 8.2.1: All sites should consider the temperature ranges and weather conditions for their site in storing and deploying their FLEX equipment consistent with normal design practices.
On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources: The industry will establish two (2) RRCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] from the initial request.
All sites outside of Southern California, Arizona, the Gulf Coast and Florida are expected to address deployment Revision 0 Page 16 of 60 2014-01-24 for conditions of snow, ice, and extreme cold. All sites located north of the 35th Parallel should provide the capability to address extreme snowfall with snow removal equipment.
On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.
Finally, all sites except for those within Level 1 and 2 of the maximum ice storm severity map contained in Figure 8-2 should address the impact of ice storms. On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information:
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). RNP is located below the 35th parallel.
3.1.4 Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold As discussed in part in NEI 12-06, Section 8.2.1:
Per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-1, RNP is in an area corresponding to "low to significant snow accumulations" and "low temperatures." The area represents a record snowfall that is approximately 18-25 inches accumulation over three days. Such snowfalls are considered unlikely to present a significant problem for deployment of FLEX equipment.
All sites should consider the temperature ranges and weather conditions for their site in storing and deploying their FLEX equipment consistent with normal design practices. All sites outside of Southern California, Arizona, the Gulf Coast and Florida are expected to address deployment Revision 0                                 Page 16 of 60                               2014-01-24
The licensee concluded that RNP is not required to address extreme snowfall, however, per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-2, RNP is located in a Level 5 area, which is characterized as "Catastrophic destruction to power lines and/or existence of extreme amount of ice," therefore RNP is required to consider the adverse effects of ice on the deployment of FLEX equipment.
 
for conditions of snow, ice, and extreme cold. All sites located north of the 35th Parallel should provide the capability to address extreme snowfall with snow removal equipment. Finally, all sites except for those within Level 1 and 2 of the maximum ice storm severity map contained in Figure 8-2 should address the impact of ice storms.
On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). RNP is located below the 35th parallel. Per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-1, RNP is in an area corresponding to "low to significant snow accumulations" and "low temperatures." The area represents a record snowfall that is approximately 18-25 inches accumulation over three days. Such snowfalls are considered unlikely to present a significant problem for deployment of FLEX equipment. The licensee concluded that RNP is not required to address extreme snowfall, however, per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-2, RNP is located in a Level 5 area, which is characterized as "Catastrophic destruction to power lines and/or existence of extreme amount of ice," therefore RNP is required to consider the adverse effects of ice on the deployment of FLEX equipment.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.4.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment-Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.1 states: These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards: 1. For sites subject to significant snowfall and ice storms, portable FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the two configurations.  
3.1.4.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.1 states:
: a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the snow, ice and cold conditions (e.g., existing safety-related structure).  
These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards:
: b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures for the snow, ice, and cold conditions from the site's design basis. c. Provided the N sets of equipment are located as described in a. or b. above, theN+ 1 equipment may be stored in an evaluated storage location capable of withstanding historical extreme weather conditions such that the equipment is deployable.  
: 1. For sites subject to significant snowfall and ice storms, portable FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the two configurations.
: 2. Storage of FLEX equipment should account for the fact that the equipment will need to function in a timely manner. The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon. For example, by storage in a heated enclosure or by direct heating (e.g., jacket water, battery, engine block heater, etc.). On pages 16, 24, 36, and 4 7 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to Revision 0 Page 17 of 60 2014-01-24 provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration or how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be stored and protected from extreme cold events. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during icing and cold temperature events, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the snow, ice and cold conditions (e.g., existing safety-related structure).
3.1.4.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment-Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.2 states: There are a number of considerations that apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards: 1. The FLEX equipment should be procured to function in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.  
: b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures for the snow, ice, and cold conditions from the site's design basis.
: 2. For sites exposed to extreme snowfall and ice storms, provisions should be made for snow/ice removal, as needed to obtain and transport equipment from storage to its location for deployment.  
: c. Provided the N sets of equipment are located as described in a. or b.
: 3. For some sites, the ultimate heat sink and flow path may be affected by extreme low temperatures due to ice blockage or formation of frazil ice. Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of such a loss of the UHS on the deployment of FLEX equipment.
above, theN+ 1 equipment may be stored in an evaluated storage location capable of withstanding historical extreme weather conditions such that the equipment is deployable.
For example, if UHS water is to be used as a makeup source, some additional measures may need to be taken to assure that the FLEX equipment can utilize the water. On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.1. The Integrated Plan did not discuss measures to deal with potential ice formation on the UHS (Lake Robinson) and did not identify any specific equipment that could be deployed for ice removal on deployment paths. In the Integrated Plan, the table noted as "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2," did not specifically identify that snow removal equipment was available although debris removal equipment was noted. During the audit the the licensee stated that AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms and ensurs that snow and ice removal equipment is available.
: 2. Storage of FLEX equipment should account for the fact that the equipment will need to function in a timely manner. The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon.
During the audit process, the licensee provided additional information from UFSAR Section 2.3.1.1. This section discuses winter conditions Revision 0 Page 18 of 60 2014-01-24 which are described as mild with cold weather lasting from November to late March. Disruption from snowfall is unusual as more than three days of sustained snow cover is rare. The average winter has five days with temperatures of 20 degrees F or below and temperatures below 1 0 degrees Fare rare. Additionally, the licensee stated that there is no documented evidence of Lake Robinson freezing.
For example, by storage in a heated enclosure or by direct heating (e.g.,
Anecdotal evidence in the form of UHS injection temperatures during plant operation over a period of 512 days from 6/20/2012 thru 11/14/2013 indicates the coldest injection temperature in winter was 52 degrees F. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during ice, and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
jacket water, battery, engine block heater, etc.).
3.1.4.3 Procedural Interfaces  
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to Revision 0                                   Page 17 of 60                             2014-01-24
-Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.3 states: The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of snow and ice on transport the FLEX equipment.
 
This includes both access to the transport path, e.g., snow removal, and appropriately equipped vehicles for moving the equipment.
provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms that includes deploying additional heavy equipment operators for the duration of the event and ensuring snow and ice removal equipment is available.
The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration or how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be stored and protected from extreme cold events. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee is also in the process of developing FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for ice and low temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during icing and cold temperature events, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.4.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources-Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.4, states that: Severe snow and ice storms can affect site access and can impact staging areas for receipt of off-site material and equipment.
3.1.4.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.2 states:
On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information:
There are a number of considerations that apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards:
The industry will establish two (2) ARCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. The licensee also stated that communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours from the initial request. Revision 0 Page 19 of 60 2014-01-24 On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of off-site resources for ice and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 1. The FLEX equipment should be procured to function in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.
3.1.5 High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9 states: All sites will address high temperatures.
: 2. For sites exposed to extreme snowfall and ice storms, provisions should be made for snow/ice removal, as needed to obtain and transport equipment from storage to its location for deployment.
Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110°F. Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120°F. In this case, sites should consider the impacts of these conditions on deployment of the FLEX equipment.
: 3. For some sites, the ultimate heat sink and flow path may be affected by extreme low temperatures due to ice blockage or formation of frazil ice.
Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of such a loss of the UHS on the deployment of FLEX equipment. For example, if UHS water is to be used as a makeup source, some additional measures may need to be taken to assure that the FLEX equipment can utilize the water.
On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.1.
The Integrated Plan did not discuss measures to deal with potential ice formation on the UHS (Lake Robinson) and did not identify any specific equipment that could be deployed for ice removal on deployment paths. In the Integrated Plan, the table noted as "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2," did not specifically identify that snow removal equipment was available although debris removal equipment was noted. During the audit the the licensee stated that AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms and ensurs that snow and ice removal equipment is available. During the audit process, the licensee provided additional information from UFSAR Section 2.3.1.1. This section discuses winter conditions Revision 0                                   Page 18 of 60                             2014-01-24
 
which are described as mild with cold weather lasting from November to late March. Disruption from snowfall is unusual as more than three days of sustained snow cover is rare. The average winter has five days with temperatures of 20 degrees F or below and temperatures below 10 degrees Fare rare. Additionally, the licensee stated that there is no documented evidence of Lake Robinson freezing. Anecdotal evidence in the form of UHS injection temperatures during plant operation over a period of 512 days from 6/20/2012 thru 11/14/2013 indicates the coldest injection temperature in winter was 52 degrees F.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during ice, and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.4.3 Procedural Interfaces - Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.3 states:
The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of snow and ice on transport the FLEX equipment. This includes both access to the transport path, e.g., snow removal, and appropriately equipped vehicles for moving the equipment.
On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms that includes deploying additional heavy equipment operators for the duration of the event and ensuring snow and ice removal equipment is available. The licensee is also in the process of developing FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for ice and low temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.4.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.4, states that:
Severe snow and ice storms can affect site access and can impact staging areas for receipt of off-site material and equipment.
On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: The industry will establish two (2) ARCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events.
Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. The licensee also stated that communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] from the initial request.
Revision 0                                   Page 19 of 60                             2014-01-24
 
On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of off-site resources for ice and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.5 High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9 states:
All sites will address high temperatures. Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110°F.
Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120°F.
In this case, sites should consider the impacts of these conditions on deployment of the FLEX equipment.
On page 2 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the extreme high temperature hazard is applicable for all sites in the United States based on NEI 12-06 Section 9.2, and that virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F and many in excess of 120 degrees F. The licensee also stated that RNP will consider the impacts of extreme high temperature conditions of 130 degrees F on the procurement, storage, and deployment of FLEX equipment.
On page 2 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the extreme high temperature hazard is applicable for all sites in the United States based on NEI 12-06 Section 9.2, and that virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F and many in excess of 120 degrees F. The licensee also stated that RNP will consider the impacts of extreme high temperature conditions of 130 degrees F on the procurement, storage, and deployment of FLEX equipment.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.5.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment-High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.1, states that: The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon. On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP. The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0 Page 20 of 60 2014-01-24 structures would be protected from high temperatures.
3.1.5.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.1, states that:
This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon.
3.1.5.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment-High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.2 states: The FLEX equipment should be procured to function, including the need to move the equipment, in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. The potential impact of high temperatures on the storage of equipment should also be considered, e.g., expansion of sheet metal, swollen door seals, etc. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.
On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.
The Integrated Plan did not identify any specific situations where equipment would be operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. However, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0                                   Page 20 of 60                               2014-01-24
RNP is located in a temperate climate and temperatures in the region range between historical extremes of -9 to 107 degrees F. Personnel will be adequately dressed and will follow safety protocols for high temperatures when performing manual actions to support the mitigation strategies.
 
An outside engineering firm has been contracted to perform an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2. The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.5.2.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
structures would be protected from high temperatures. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.
3.1.5.3 Procedural Interfaces-High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.3 states that: The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of high temperatures on the portable equipment.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Revision 0 Page 21 of 60 2014-01-24 On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. The licensee did not identify any specific procedures for equipment operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. The licensee identified an open item regarding procedures to be developed, however, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.  
3.1.5.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.2 states:
The FLEX equipment should be procured to function, including the need to move the equipment, in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. The potential impact of high temperatures on the storage of equipment should also be considered, e.g., expansion of sheet metal, swollen door seals, etc. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.
The Integrated Plan did not identify any specific situations where equipment would be operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. However, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information: RNP is located in a temperate climate and temperatures in the region range between historical extremes of -9 to 107 degrees F. Personnel will be adequately dressed and will follow safety protocols for high temperatures when performing manual actions to support the mitigation strategies. An outside engineering firm has been contracted to perform an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2.
The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.5.2.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.5.3 Procedural Interfaces- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.3 states that:
The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of high temperatures on the portable equipment.
Revision 0                                 Page 21 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4.
The licensee did not identify any specific procedures for equipment operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. The licensee identified an open item regarding procedures to be developed, however, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.2    PHASED APPROACH Attachment (2) to Order EA-12-049 describes the three-phase approach required for mitigating BDBEEs in order to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and spent fuel pool cooling capabilities. The phases consist of an initial phase using installed equipment and resources, followed by a transition phase using portable onsite equipment and consumables and a final phase using offsite resources.
To meet these EA-12-049 requirements, licensees will establish a baseline coping capability to prevent fuel damage in the reactor core or SFP and to maintain containment capabilities in the context of a BDBEE that results in the loss of all ac power, with the exception of buses supplied by safety-related batteries through inverters, and loss of normal access to the UHS.
As discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant specific analysis will determine the duration of each phase.
3.2.1  RCS Cooling and Heat Removal, and RCS Inventory Control Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the reactor core cooling strategies. This approach uses the installed auxiliary feedwater (AFW)/emergency feedwater (EFW) system to provide steam generator (SG) makeup sufficient to maintain or restore SG level in order to continue to provide core cooling for the initial phase. This approach relies on depressurization of the SGs for makeup with a portable injection source in order to provide core cooling for the transition and final phases. This approach accomplishes reactor coolant system (RCS) inventory control and maintenance of long term subcriticality through the use of low leak reactor coolant pump seals and/or borated high pressure RCS makeup with a letdown path. In mode 5 (cold shutdown) and mode 6 (refueling) with SGs not available, this approach relies on an on-site pump for RCS makeup and diverse makeup connections to the RCS for long-term RCS makeup with borated water and residual heat removal from the vented RCS.
Revision 0                                Page 22 of 60                                2014-01-24
 
As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints. Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may be assumed to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities. NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.4 describes boundary conditions for the reactor transient.
Acceptance criteria for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining core cooling are 1) the preclusion of core damage as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 as the purpose of FLEX; and 2) prevention of recriticality as discussed in Appendix D, Table D-1.
As described in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant-specific analyses determine the duration of the phases for the mitigation strategies. In support of its mitigation strategies, the licensee performed a thermal-hydraulic analysis for an event with a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink for an extended period (the ELAP event).
Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the pressurized water reactor owner group (PWROG) recommendations that cover various subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies.
Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the PWROG's recommendations that cover the following subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies: (1) minimizing reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal leakage rates; (2) adequate shutdown margin; (3) time initiating cooldown and depressurization; (4) prevention of the RCS overfill; (5) blind feeding an SG with a portable pump; (6) nitrogen injection from cold leg accumulators (CLAs), and (7) asymmetric natural circulation cooldown. The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted above for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8 in Section 4.2.
On Page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that a seismically qualified pressure source (accumulator) capable of supplying [[estimated NRC review hours::8 hours]] of SG pressure operated relief valve (PORV) operation will be installed. The licensee did not state whether the accumulator will be missile protected or provide a milestone for completion. The licensee was requested to provide information on the missile protection of the accumulator and when it will be installed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection. Additionally, a new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability. A portable strategy is Revision 0                                  Page 23 of 60                                2014-01-24


===3.2 PHASED===
also being considered. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C in Section 4.2.
APPROACH Attachment (2) to Order EA-12-049 describes the three-phase approach required for mitigating BDBEEs in order to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and spent fuel pool cooling capabilities.
On Page 11 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that one of the three trains of the steam supply and regulating valves will be modified to operate on de power and will be capable of being operated from the CR, to limit the required post-event operator actions. However, in the licensee's six-month update, dated August 28, 2013, the licensee revised the strategy to rely on existing procedures to manually open the valves. The licensee was requested to discuss how this would impact other operator actions during Phase 1 of the ELAP event, and to justify how the manual operation of the steam supply valves will not impede other operator actions during the ELAP event.
The phases consist of an initial phase using installed equipment and resources, followed by a transition phase using portable onsite equipment and consumables and a final phase using offsite resources.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP procedure EPP-1, "Loss of all AC power," includes the proposed manual actions. Additionally, the operators are trained on this strategy and perform time critical job performance measures (JPMs) to practice the skills necessary. One of the on-shift non-licensed operators is dedicated at the start of each shift as the safe shutdown operator and would perform this role without impacting shift staffing.
To meet these EA-12-049 requirements, licensees will establish a baseline coping capability to prevent fuel damage in the reactor core or SFP and to maintain containment capabilities in the context of a BDBEE that results in the loss of all ac power, with the exception of buses supplied by safety-related batteries through inverters, and loss of normal access to the UHS. As discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant specific analysis will determine the duration of each phase. 3.2.1 RCS Cooling and Heat Removal, and RCS Inventory Control Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the reactor core cooling strategies.
Regarding an uncontrolled cooldown, the licensee was requested to discuss the following issues:
This approach uses the installed auxiliary feedwater (AFW)/emergency feedwater (EFW) system to provide steam generator (SG) makeup sufficient to maintain or restore SG level in order to continue to provide core cooling for the initial phase. This approach relies on depressurization of the SGs for makeup with a portable injection source in order to provide core cooling for the transition and final phases. This approach accomplishes reactor coolant system (RCS) inventory control and maintenance of long term subcriticality through the use of low leak reactor coolant pump seals and/or borated high pressure RCS makeup with a letdown path. In mode 5 (cold shutdown) and mode 6 (refueling) with SGs not available, this approach relies on an on-site pump for RCS makeup and diverse makeup connections to the RCS for long-term RCS makeup with borated water and residual heat removal from the vented RCS. Revision 0 Page 22 of 60 2014-01-24 As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints.
a) Clarify whether the SG PORV or upstream associated piping is a safety-related system, protected from external events such as tornadoes. If not, address the following questions:
Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may be assumed to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.4 describes boundary conditions for the reactor transient.
Acceptance criteria for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining core cooling are 1) the preclusion of core damage as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 as the purpose of FLEX; and 2) prevention of recriticality as discussed in Appendix D, Table D-1. As described in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant-specific analyses determine the duration of the phases for the mitigation strategies.
In support of its mitigation strategies, the licensee performed a thermal-hydraulic analysis for an event with a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink for an extended period (the ELAP event). Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the pressurized water reactor owner group (PWROG) recommendations that cover various subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies.
Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the PWROG's recommendations that cover the following subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies:
(1) minimizing reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal leakage rates; (2) adequate shutdown margin; (3) time initiating cooldown and depressurization; (4) prevention of the RCS overfill; (5) blind feeding an SG with a portable pump; (6) nitrogen injection from cold leg accumulators (CLAs), and (7) asymmetric natural circulation cooldown.
The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted above for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8 in Section 4.2. On Page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that a seismically qualified pressure source (accumulator) capable of supplying 8 hours of SG pressure operated relief valve (PORV) operation will be installed.
The licensee did not state whether the accumulator will be missile protected or provide a milestone for completion.
The licensee was requested to provide information on the missile protection of the accumulator and when it will be installed.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection.
Additionally, a new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability.
A portable strategy is Revision 0 Page 23 of 60 2014-01-24 also being considered.
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C in Section 4.2. On Page 11 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that one of the three trains of the steam supply and regulating valves will be modified to operate on de power and will be capable of being operated from the CR, to limit the required post-event operator actions. However, in the licensee's six-month update, dated August 28, 2013, the licensee revised the strategy to rely on existing procedures to manually open the valves. The licensee was requested to discuss how this would impact other operator actions during Phase 1 of the ELAP event, and to justify how the manual operation of the steam supply valves will not impede other operator actions during the ELAP event. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP procedure EPP-1, "Loss of all AC power," includes the proposed manual actions. Additionally, the operators are trained on this strategy and perform time critical job performance measures (JPMs) to practice the skills necessary.
One of the on-shift non-licensed operators is dedicated at the start of each shift as the safe shutdown operator and would perform this role without impacting shift staffing.
Regarding an uncontrolled cooldown, the licensee was requested to discuss the following issues: a) Clarify whether the SG PORV or upstream associated piping is a safety-related system, protected from external events such as tornadoes.
If not, address the following questions:
b) Clarify whether damage to an SG PORV or upstream associated piping could occur during an ELAP that would result in an uncontrolled cooldown of the reactor coolant system and provide a basis for the response.
b) Clarify whether damage to an SG PORV or upstream associated piping could occur during an ELAP that would result in an uncontrolled cooldown of the reactor coolant system and provide a basis for the response.
c) Clarify whether postulated damage would be limited to a single SG PORV and/or associated piping, or whether failures could be postulated resulting in an uncontrolled cooldown affecting both SGs, and provide a basis for the response.
c) Clarify whether postulated damage would be limited to a single SG PORV and/or associated piping, or whether failures could be postulated resulting in an uncontrolled cooldown affecting both SGs, and provide a basis for the response.
d) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, describe key operator actions that would be taken to mitigate these events. e) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, provide analysis demonstrating that the intended mitigating actions would lead to satisfaction of the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for these cases. f) As applicable, if the operator actions to mitigate an ELAP event involving an uncontrolled cooldown results in an asymmetric cooldown of the reactor coolant system, address the consequences of the asymmetric cooldown on the mixing of boric acid that is added to the reactor coolant system to ensure sub-criticality.
d) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, describe key operator actions that would be taken to mitigate these events.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORVs for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package, and that the SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory item 3.2.1.D in Section 4.2. The licensee was requested to discuss the reliability of the steam driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump with respect to the following issues: a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be pinched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable.
e) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, provide analysis demonstrating that the intended mitigating actions would lead to satisfaction of the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for these cases.
f) As applicable, if the operator actions to mitigate an ELAP event involving an uncontrolled cooldown results in an asymmetric cooldown of the reactor coolant system, address the consequences of the asymmetric cooldown on the mixing of boric acid that is added to the reactor coolant system to ensure sub-criticality.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORVs for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package, and that the SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory item 3.2.1.D in Section 4.2.
The licensee was requested to discuss the reliability of the steam driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump with respect to the following issues:
a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be pinched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable.
b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.
b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.
Revision 0 Page 24 of 60 2014-01-24 During the audit process, the licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will be required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.E in Section 4.2. During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding the required start of cooldown, a basis for the timing of the start of the cooldown, and the time required to supply SGs prior to dryout. The licensee provided the following information during the audit process: The cooldown will begin at approximately 2 hours following the event and proceed at 70 degrees F/hr until T -cold is 420 degrees F and SG pressure is approximately 300 psig. The safety-related SDAFW pump is credited to operate as designed with primary and alternative suction sources during initial phase. The portable pump listed on page 53 of the Integrated Plan will have a design capacity of approximately 500 gpm/500 psig and will only be effective after SG depressurization.
Revision 0                                 Page 24 of 60                               2014-01-24
The portable pump is not intended to provide makeup to the SGs prior to dryout. WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.4 indicates that a feedwater flow interruption at T +0 would result in SG dryout at 3670 seconds (612 minutes) for a Model 'F' SG with an initial mass of 91,200 Ibm (similar to RNP SGs). The time to dryout increased as the time to the feedwater flow interruption increases ( 129 minutes at 0.5 hour and 175 minutes at 1 hour). The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to RCS cooling and heat removal, and RCS inventory control strategies, if these requirements are implemented as described.
 
3.2.1.1 Computer Code Used for the ELAP Analysis NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states: To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will be required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.E in Section 4.2.
Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite. The licensee did not discuss and has not yet performed a site-specific analysis using a computer code to predict RCS conditions following an ELAP. The licensee stated that RNP is enveloped by the WCAP-17601-P conclusions in that rated thermal power and secondary heat removal characteristics are bounded by the reference plant assumptions cited in WCAP-17601-P. Robinson was explicitly analyzed with NOTRUMP or hand calculations to quantify the ELAP coping period with respect to inventory loss (see WCAP-17601-P, Section 4.1.1.1).
During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding the required start of cooldown, a basis for the timing of the start of the cooldown, and the time required to supply SGs prior to dryout.
Although NOTRUMP has been reviewed and approved for performing small break LOCA analysis for PWRs, the NRC staff had not previously examined its technical adequacy for simulating an ELAP event. In particular, the ELAP scenario is differentiated from typical basis small-break LOCA scenarios in several key respects, including the absence of normal ECCS injection and the substantially reduced leakage rate, which places significantly greater emphasis on the accurate prediction of primary-to-secondary heat transfer, natural circulation, and two-phase flow within the RCS. As a result of these differences, concern arose associated Revision 0 Page 25 of 60 2014-01-24 with the use of the NOTRUMP code for ELAP analysis for modeling of two-phase flow within the RCS and heat transfer across the steam generator tubes as single-phase natural circulation transitions to two-phase flow and the reflux condensation cooling mode. This concern resulted in the following Confirmatory Item: Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation.
The licensee provided the following information during the audit process: The cooldown will begin at approximately [[estimated NRC review hours::2 hours]] following the event and proceed at 70 degrees F/hr until T -cold is 420 degrees F and SG pressure is approximately 300 psig. The safety-related SDAFW pump is credited to operate as designed with primary and alternative suction sources during initial phase. The portable pump listed on page 53 of the Integrated Plan will have a design capacity of approximately 500 gpm/500 psig and will only be effective after SG depressurization. The portable pump is not intended to provide makeup to the SGs prior to dryout. WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.4 indicates that a feedwater flow interruption at T +0 would result in SG dryout at 3670 seconds (612 minutes) for a Model 'F' SG with an initial mass of 91,200 Ibm (similar to RNP SGs). The time to dryout increased as the time to the feedwater flow interruption increases
This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling. This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the confirmatory item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the computer codes used to perform ELAP analysis if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.2 Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Rates NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states: To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making.
( 129 minutes at 0.5 hour and 175 minutes at 1 hour).
Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite. During the audit process the licensee was requested to discuss Section 5.7.1 of WCAP-17601 which discusses the analyses for the RCS response with RCP safe shutdown/low-leakage seals. Regarding this issue, the licensee provided the following information:
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to RCS cooling and heat removal, and RCS inventory control strategies, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.2.1.1 Computer Code Used for the ELAP Analysis NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states:
To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making. Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite.
The licensee did not discuss and has not yet performed a site-specific analysis using a computer code to predict RCS conditions following an ELAP. The licensee stated that RNP is enveloped by the WCAP-17601-P conclusions in that rated thermal power and secondary heat removal characteristics are bounded by the reference plant assumptions cited in WCAP-17601-P. Robinson was explicitly analyzed with NOTRUMP or hand calculations to quantify the ELAP coping period with respect to inventory loss (see WCAP-17601-P, Section 4.1.1.1).
Although NOTRUMP has been reviewed and approved for performing small break LOCA analysis for PWRs, the NRC staff had not previously examined its technical adequacy for simulating an ELAP event. In particular, the ELAP scenario is differentiated from typical design-basis small-break LOCA scenarios in several key respects, including the absence of normal ECCS injection and the substantially reduced leakage rate, which places significantly greater emphasis on the accurate prediction of primary-to-secondary heat transfer, natural circulation, and two-phase flow within the RCS. As a result of these differences, concern arose associated Revision 0                                 Page 25 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
with the use of the NOTRUMP code for ELAP analysis for modeling of two-phase flow within the RCS and heat transfer across the steam generator tubes as single-phase natural circulation transitions to two-phase flow and the reflux condensation cooling mode. This concern resulted in the following Confirmatory Item:
Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling. This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.1.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the confirmatory item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the computer codes used to perform ELAP analysis if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.2 Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Rates NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states:
To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making. Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite.
During the audit process the licensee was requested to discuss Section 5.7.1 of WCAP-17601 which discusses the analyses for the RCS response with RCP safe shutdown/low-leakage seals. Regarding this issue, the licensee provided the following information:
a) RNP assumes 1 gpm/RCP seal leakage in the proposed FLEX strategies.
a) RNP assumes 1 gpm/RCP seal leakage in the proposed FLEX strategies.
b) RNP has a modification in place to replace current RCP seals with low-leakage seals. RNP is tracking Part 21 issues with seals and will provide complete response to these questions following receipt of additional Westinghouse/NRC information.
b) RNP has a modification in place to replace current RCP seals with low-leakage seals. RNP is tracking Part 21 issues with seals and will provide complete response to these questions following receipt of additional Westinghouse/NRC information.
c) RNP is also in discussions with Westinghouse regarding similar questions regarding how WCAP-17601-P applies to RNP. d) RNP is an 1100 psia SG design plant. e) RNP uses Westinghouse Model 93 RCPs with standard 8 inch Westinghouse high temperature 0-rings. f) The RNP primary ELAP strategy is to perform a symmetric cooldown using all RCS loops. During an ELAP event, cooling to the RCP seal packages will be lost and water at high temperatures may degrade seal materials leading to excess leakage from the RCS. Without ac power available to the emergency core cooling system, inadequate core cooling may eventually result from the leakage out of the seals. The ELAP analysis credits operator actions to align the high pressure RCS makeup sources and replenish the RCS inventory in order to ensure the core is covered with water, thus precluding inadequate core cooling. The amount of high pressure RCS makeup needed is mainly determined by the seal leakage rate, therefore the seal leakage rate is of primary importance in an ELAP analysis as greater values of the leakage Revision 0 Page 26 of 60 2014-01-24 rates will result in a shorter time period for the operator action to align the high pressure RCS makeup water sources. The licensee provided a SOE in their Integrated Plan, which included the time constraints and the technical basis for their site. The SOE is based on an analysis using specific RCP seal leakage rates. The issue of RCP seal leakage rates was identified as a Generic Concern and was addressed by the NEI in the following submittals:
c) RNP is also in discussions with Westinghouse regarding similar questions regarding how WCAP-17601-P applies to RNP.
* WCAP-17601-P, Revision 1, "Reactor Coolant System Response to the Extended Loss of AC Power Event for Westinghouse, Combustion Engineering and Babcock & Wilcox NSSS Designs" dated January 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13042A011 and ML 13042A013 (Non-Publically Available)).
d) RNP is an 1100 psia SG design plant.
* A position paper dated August 16, 2013, entitled "Westinghouse Response to NRC Generic Request for Additional Information (RAI) on Reactor coolant (RCP) Seal Leakage in Support of the Pressurized Water reactor Owners Group (PWROG)" (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13190A201 (Non-Publically Available)).
e) RNP uses Westinghouse Model 93 RCPs with standard 8 inch Westinghouse high temperature 0-rings.
After review of these submittals, the NRC staff has placed certain limitations for Westinghouse designed plants. Those limitations and their corresponding Confirmatory Item numbers for this TER are provided as follows: (1) Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g., 1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response.
f) The RNP primary ELAP strategy is to perform a symmetric cooldown using all RCS loops.
For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No. ML 13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.A)  
During an ELAP event, cooling to the RCP seal packages will be lost and water at high temperatures may degrade seal materials leading to excess leakage from the RCS. Without ac power available to the emergency core cooling system, inadequate core cooling may eventually result from the leakage out of the seals. The ELAP analysis credits operator actions to align the high pressure RCS makeup sources and replenish the RCS inventory in order to ensure the core is covered with water, thus precluding inadequate core cooling. The amount of high pressure RCS makeup needed is mainly determined by the seal leakage rate, therefore the seal leakage rate is of primary importance in an ELAP analysis as greater values of the leakage Revision 0                                   Page 26 of 60                               2014-01-24
(2) If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.8)
 
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the reactor coolant pump seal leakages rates if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.3 Decay Heat NEI Section 3.2.1.2 states in part: The initial plant conditions are assumed to be the following:  
rates will result in a shorter time period for the operator action to align the high pressure RCS makeup water sources.
(1) Prior to the event the reactor has been operating at 100 percent rated thermal power for at least 100 days or has just been shut down from such a power Revision 0 Page 27 of 60 2014-01-24 history as required by plant procedures in advance of the impending event. The licensee was requested to address the applicability of assumption 4 from WCAP Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions  
The licensee provided a SOE in their Integrated Plan, which included the time constraints and the technical basis for their site. The SOE is based on an analysis using specific RCP seal leakage rates. The issue of RCP seal leakage rates was identified as a Generic Concern and was addressed by the NEI in the following submittals:
-Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and to provide a discussion regarding the following key parameters used to determine the decay heat: (1) initial power level, (2) fuel enrichment, (3) fuel burnup, (4) effective full power operating days per fuel cycle, (5) number of fuel cycles, if hybrid fuels are used in the core, and (6) fuel characteristics are based on the beginning of the cycle, middle of the cycle, or end of the cycle. If a different decay heat model is used, the licensee was also requested to address the specific model and the acceptability of the model. During the audit process the licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan. This has been identified as Open Item 3.2.1.3.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to decay heat, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.4 Initial Values for Key Plant Parameters and Assumptions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2 provides a series of assumptions to which initial key plant parameters (core power, RCS temperature and pressure, etc.) should conform. When considering the code used by the licensee and its use in supporting the required event times for the SOE, it is important to ensure that the initial key plant parameters not only conform to the assumptions provided in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2, but that they also represent the starting conditions of the code used in the analyses and that they are included within the code's range of applicability.
* WCAP-17601-P, Revision 1, "Reactor Coolant System Response to the Extended Loss of AC Power Event for Westinghouse, Combustion Engineering and Babcock &
Wilcox NSSS Designs" dated January 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13042A011 and ML13042A013 (Non-Publically Available)).
* A position paper dated August 16, 2013, entitled "Westinghouse Response to NRC Generic Request for Additional Information (RAI) on Reactor coolant (RCP) Seal Leakage in Support of the Pressurized Water reactor Owners Group (PWROG)"
(ADAMS Accession No. ML13190A201 (Non-Publically Available)).
After review of these submittals, the NRC staff has placed certain limitations for Westinghouse designed plants. Those limitations and their corresponding Confirmatory Item numbers for this TER are provided as follows:
(1) Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g., 1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response. For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No.
ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.A)
(2) If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.8)
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the reactor coolant pump seal leakages rates if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.3 Decay Heat NEI Section 3.2.1.2 states in part:
The initial plant conditions are assumed to be the following:
(1) Prior to the event the reactor has been operating at 100 percent rated thermal power for at least 100 days or has just been shut down from such a power Revision 0                                   Page 27 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
history as required by plant procedures in advance of the impending event.
The licensee was requested to address the applicability of assumption 4 from WCAP Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions - Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and to provide a discussion regarding the following key parameters used to determine the decay heat: (1) initial power level, (2) fuel enrichment, (3) fuel burnup, (4) effective full power operating days per fuel cycle, (5) number of fuel cycles, if hybrid fuels are used in the core, and (6) fuel characteristics are based on the beginning of the cycle, middle of the cycle, or end of the cycle. If a different decay heat model is used, the licensee was also requested to address the specific model and the acceptability of the model. During the audit process the licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan. This has been identified as Open Item 3.2.1.3.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to decay heat, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.4     Initial Values for Key Plant Parameters and Assumptions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2 provides a series of assumptions to which initial key plant parameters (core power, RCS temperature and pressure, etc.) should conform. When considering the code used by the licensee and its use in supporting the required event times for the SOE, it is important to ensure that the initial key plant parameters not only conform to the assumptions provided in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2, but that they also represent the starting conditions of the code used in the analyses and that they are included within the code's range of applicability.
The licensee stated that the technical basis for strategies, assumptions, acceptance criteria and time constraints are described in WCAP-17601-P, however no specific RNP RCS or core parameters were provided in the Integrated Plan. During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP compared specific values for various plant parameters in WCAP-17601-P to verify its analysis was bounding for RNP.
The licensee stated that the technical basis for strategies, assumptions, acceptance criteria and time constraints are described in WCAP-17601-P, however no specific RNP RCS or core parameters were provided in the Integrated Plan. During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP compared specific values for various plant parameters in WCAP-17601-P to verify its analysis was bounding for RNP.
* RNP is a three loop Westinghouse PWR with Model93 RCPs and Modei44F SGs.
* RNP is a three loop Westinghouse PWR with Model93 RCPs and Modei44F SGs.
Line 367: Line 534:
* RNP is licensed to 2339 MWt, which is bounded by WCAP17601-P higher power assumption of 2900 MWt.
* RNP is licensed to 2339 MWt, which is bounded by WCAP17601-P higher power assumption of 2900 MWt.
* RNP is analyzed specifically for core cooling coping times for the Model 93 RCP seal leakage donor location aspect and improved coping times (WCAP Section 5.3.1.5 and 5.3.1.7)
* RNP is analyzed specifically for core cooling coping times for the Model 93 RCP seal leakage donor location aspect and improved coping times (WCAP Section 5.3.1.5 and 5.3.1.7)
* WCAP-17601-P PORV capacities and the core power level assumed in the analysis were compared to RNP SG PORV capacities and RNP core power. The RNP relief capacity is greater than the values in Table 5.4.2.1.3-1, and the core power level is greater than the RNP core power of 2339 MWt. Revision 0 Page 28 of 60 2014-01-24 The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to initial values for key plant parameters and assumptions, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.5 Monitoring Instrumentation and Controls NEI12-06, Section 3.2.1.10 states in part: The parameters selected must be able to demonstrate the success of the strategies at maintaining the key safety functions as well as indicate imminent or actual core damage to facilitate a decision to manage the response to the event within the Emergency Operating Procedures and FLEX Support Guidelines or within the SAMGs. Typically, these parameters would include the following:
* WCAP-17601-P PORV capacities and the core power level assumed in the analysis were compared to RNP SG PORV capacities and RNP core power. The RNP relief capacity is greater than the values in Table 5.4.2.1.3-1, and the core power level is greater than the RNP core power of 2339 MWt.
Revision 0                                 Page 28 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to initial values for key plant parameters and assumptions, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.5   Monitoring Instrumentation and Controls NEI12-06, Section 3.2.1.10 states in part:
The parameters selected must be able to demonstrate the success of the strategies at maintaining the key safety functions as well as indicate imminent or actual core damage to facilitate a decision to manage the response to the event within the Emergency Operating Procedures and FLEX Support Guidelines or within the SAMGs. Typically, these parameters would include the following:
* SG Level
* SG Level
* SG Pressure
* SG Pressure
Line 391: Line 563:
* Neutron Flux Maintain sub-criticality
* Neutron Flux Maintain sub-criticality
* Containment Pressure
* Containment Pressure
* Containment Temperature On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the current configuration can result in a Revision 0 Page 29 of 60 2014-01-24 loss of SG wide range level indication and to retain indication throughout an ELAP, the power supply for the A train SG wide range level instrumentation will be moved to either the A or B safety battery. During the audit process, the license was requested to provide justification that the instrumentation listed and the associated indications are reliable and adequate to provide the desired functions on demand during the ELAP with the containment harsh conditions at high moisture, temperature and pressure levels. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a table listing the peak containment pressure and temperature vs. the corresponding design limits, a discussion of the containment analysis including the computer code/method and assumptions, and also, a discussion of the analysis used to determine the strategies and time requirements for actions beyond 7 days to reduce containment pressure and temperature, During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
* Containment Temperature On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the current configuration can result in a Revision 0                                 Page 29 of 60                               2014-01-24
The instruments listed in the Integrated Plan that are located in containment are environmentally qualified and designed for harsh conditions in accordance with Reg Guide 1.97. Calculation RNP-MECH-1877 (available on thee-portal) describes the containment response to the ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage RCP seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used for this analysis.
 
Moisture profiles were not included in the calculation.
loss of SG wide range level indication and to retain indication throughout an ELAP, the power supply for the A train SG wide range level instrumentation will be moved to either the A or B safety battery.
Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) no Phase 1 or 2 strategies are planned for containment protection, 2) Phase 3 strategies include using portable pumps to supply the service water system from Lake Robinson, 3) RRC diesel generators (DGs) will power the emergency buses which in turn will make power available to the containment fan coolers, therefore containment temperature and pressure will be limited and controllable, and 4) the analysis showed that containment pressure and temperature are not challenged for up to 43 days. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to monitoring instruments and controls, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.6 Sequence of Events NEI 12-06 discusses an event timeline and time constraints in several sections of the document, for example Section 1.3, Section 3.2.1.7 principle (4) and (6), Section 3.2.2 Guideline (1) and Section 12.1. NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, in part, addresses the minimum baseline capabilities:
During the audit process, the license was requested to provide justification that the instrumentation listed and the associated indications are reliable and adequate to provide the desired functions on demand during the ELAP with the containment harsh conditions at high moisture, temperature and pressure levels. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a table listing the peak containment pressure and temperature vs. the corresponding design limits, a discussion of the containment analysis including the computer code/method and assumptions, and also, a discussion of the analysis used to determine the strategies and time requirements for actions beyond 7 days to reduce containment pressure and temperature, During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information: The instruments listed in the Integrated Plan that are located in containment are environmentally qualified and designed for harsh conditions in accordance with Reg Guide 1.97. Calculation RNP-MECH-1877 (available on thee-portal) describes the containment response to the ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage RCP seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used for this analysis. Moisture profiles were not included in the calculation.
Each site should establish the minimum coping capabilities consistent with specific evaluation of the potential impacts and responses to an ELAP and LUHS. In general, this coping can be thought of as occurring in three phases:
Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) no Phase 1 or 2 strategies are planned for containment protection, 2) Phase 3 strategies include using portable pumps to supply the service water system from Lake Robinson, 3) RRC diesel generators (DGs) will power the emergency buses which in turn will make power available to the containment fan coolers, therefore containment temperature and pressure will be limited and controllable, and 4) the analysis showed that containment pressure and temperature are not challenged for up to 43 days.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to monitoring instruments and controls, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.6 Sequence of Events NEI 12-06 discusses an event timeline and time constraints in several sections of the document, for example Section 1.3, Section 3.2.1.7 principle (4) and (6), Section 3.2.2 Guideline (1) and Section 12.1.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, in part, addresses the minimum baseline capabilities:
Each site should establish the minimum coping capabilities consistent with unit-specific evaluation of the potential impacts and responses to an ELAP and LUHS. In general, this coping can be thought of as occurring in three phases:
* Phase 1: Cope relying on installed plant equipment.
* Phase 1: Cope relying on installed plant equipment.
* Phase 2: Transition from installed plant equipment to on-site FLEX equipment.
* Phase 2: Transition from installed plant equipment to on-site FLEX equipment.
Revision 0 Page 30 of 60 2014-01-24
Revision 0                                   Page 30 of 60                             2014-01-24
* Phase 3: Obtain additional capability and redundancy from off-site equipment until power, water, and coolant injection systems are restored or commissioned.
* Phase 3: Obtain additional capability and redundancy from off-site equipment until power, water, and coolant injection systems are restored or commissioned.
In order to support the objective of an indefinite coping capability, each plant will be expected to establish capabilities consistent with Table 3-2 (PWRs). Additional explanation of these functions and capabilities are provided in NEI 12-06 Appendix D, "Approach to PWR Functions." The licensee listed Item 9 in the SOE timeline which specified that "at 2-5 hours -Modes 1-4; depressurize the SGs to 300 psia." Items 18 and 19 of the SOE specify "restoring power to a charging pump for borated makeup to RCS from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) (Primary strategy for RCS makeup)" or "align portable pumps and hoses from the RWST to the Safety Injection (SI) header for makeup to RCS (contingency based on charging pump availability)." The licensee stated that this must be performed in accordance with boration needs which will vary throughout the core cycle. The licensee was requested to provide analysis with supporting details regarding the worst case minimum time makeup to the RCS would be required, the minimum required makeup rates, or when boration was required.
In order to support the objective of an indefinite coping capability, each plant will be expected to establish capabilities consistent with Table 3-2 (PWRs). Additional explanation of these functions and capabilities are provided in NEI 12-06 Appendix D, "Approach to PWR Functions."
The licensee listed Item 9 in the SOE timeline which specified that "at 2-[[estimated NRC review hours::5 hours]] - Modes 1-4; depressurize the SGs to 300 psia." Items 18 and 19 of the SOE specify "restoring power to a charging pump for borated makeup to RCS from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST)
(Primary strategy for RCS makeup)" or "align portable pumps and hoses from the RWST to the Safety Injection (SI) header for makeup to RCS (contingency based on charging pump availability)." The licensee stated that this must be performed in accordance with boration needs which will vary throughout the core cycle. The licensee was requested to provide analysis with supporting details regarding the worst case minimum time makeup to the RCS would be required, the minimum required makeup rates, or when boration was required.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
The worst case time to core uncovery for RNP is discussed in WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.3.1.5 which states that: "The Turkey Point units and H. B. Robinson have Model 93 RCPs. Quantification of the seal leakage donor location aspect was considered in these cases as well. When factored in, the approximate core cooling coping time increased from 55 hours to approximately 235 hours. A confirmatory informal NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate 24 hours of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value" Section 5.3.1.7 also states: "All of these cases consider the standard Westionghjouse RCP seal package as supplied with the paarticualr pump model. If a safe shutwond seal or low leakage seal were considered, the core cooling time increases significantly." RNP plans to install leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation as of this writing. Makeup rates, boration strategies and times are being vetted and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.A in Section 4.2. The licensee stated in item 20 of the SOE that at 12-16 hours, operators would manually isolate cold leg accumulators to prevent nitrogen injection, and that this must be performed after powering the Sl accumulator isolation valves, but before the Sl accumulators empty or reach a low level. No analysis or supporting details were provided regarding why Sl accumulators must be isolated at 12-16 hours. For example, the N2 pressure maintained in the accumulators relative to the status of the RCS cooldown and depressurization in this time frame was not provided.
The worst case time to core uncovery for RNP is discussed in WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.3.1.5 which states that: "The Turkey Point units and H. B. Robinson have Model 93 RCPs.
In response to the staff's inquiry during the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy.
Quantification of the seal leakage donor location aspect was considered in these cases as well.
Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future 6-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.8 in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0 Page 31 of 60 2014-01-24 requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the SOE, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.7 Cold Shutdown and Refueling NEI 12-06, Table 1-1, lists the coping strategy requirements as presented in Order EA--12-049. Item (4) of that list states: Licensee or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes. The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to shutdown and refueling requirements is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved through the NRC endorsement of NEI position paper entitled "Shutdown/Refueling Modes" (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13273A514);
When factored in, the approximate core cooling coping time increased from [[estimated NRC review hours::55 hours]] to approximately [[estimated NRC review hours::235 hours]]. A confirmatory informal NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value" Section 5.3.1.7 also states: "All of these cases consider the standard Westionghjouse RCP seal package as supplied with the paarticualr pump model. If a safe shutwond seal or low leakage seal were considered, the core cooling time increases significantly." RNP plans to install low-leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation as of this writing. Makeup rates, boration strategies and times are being vetted and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.A in Section 4.2.
and has been endorsed by the NRC in a letter dated September 30, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13267A382).
The licensee stated in item 20 of the SOE that at 12-[[estimated NRC review hours::16 hours]], operators would manually isolate cold leg accumulators to prevent nitrogen injection, and that this must be performed after re-powering the Sl accumulator isolation valves, but before the Sl accumulators empty or reach a low level. No analysis or supporting details were provided regarding why Sl accumulators must be isolated at 12-[[estimated NRC review hours::16 hours]]. For example, the N2 pressure maintained in the accumulators relative to the status of the RCS cooldown and depressurization in this time frame was not provided.
The position paper describes how licensees will, by procedure, maintain equipment available for deployment in shutdown and refueling modes. The NRC staff concluded that the position paper provides an acceptable approach for demonstrating that the licensees are capable of implementing mitigating strategies in all modes of operation.
In response to the staff's inquiry during the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is re-evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy. Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future 6-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.8 in Section 4.2.
The NRC staff will evaluate the licensee's resulting program through the audit and inspection process. The licensee informed the NRC of their plans to abide by this generic resolution.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0                                 Page 31 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the SOE, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.7     Cold Shutdown and Refueling NEI 12-06, Table 1-1, lists the coping strategy requirements as presented in Order EA--
12-049. Item (4) of that list states:
Licensee or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes.
The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to shutdown and refueling requirements is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved through the NRC endorsement of NEI position paper entitled "Shutdown/Refueling Modes" (ADAMS Accession No. ML13273A514); and has been endorsed by the NRC in a letter dated September 30, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13267A382).
The position paper describes how licensees will, by procedure, maintain equipment available for deployment in shutdown and refueling modes. The NRC staff concluded that the position paper provides an acceptable approach for demonstrating that the licensees are capable of implementing mitigating strategies in all modes of operation. The NRC staff will evaluate the licensee's resulting program through the audit and inspection process.
The licensee informed the NRC of their plans to abide by this generic resolution.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core cooling during cold shutdown and refueling, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core cooling during cold shutdown and refueling, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.2.1.8 Core Sub-Criticality NEI 12-06 Table 3-2 states in part that: All plants provide means to provide borated RCS makeup. NEI12-06 Table D-1, "Summary of Performance Attributes for PWR Core Cooling Functions" states the following regarding re-powering charging pumps: "In order to address the requirement for diversity, if re-powering of installed charging pumps is used for this function (maintain RCS inventory), then either (a) multiple power connection points should be provided to the charging pump, or (b) provide a single power supply connection point for the charging pump and a single connection point for a portable makeup pump" The licensee's initial strategy to makeup to the RCS in Phase 2 was to re-power an installed plant charging pump, with portable 480 volt ac generators.
3.2.1.8 Core Sub-Criticality NEI 12-06 Table 3-2 states in part that:
The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis of the worst case end of cycle conditions which would be the most limiting time needed to accomplish RCS makeup, and to specify the timing, duration, cooldown rate, and makeup needs for the cooldown where the need for RCS makeup under the proposed strategies would be required.
All plants provide means to provide borated RCS makeup.
The licensee was also requested to provide a discussion regarding the statement that the "Guidance in WCAP 17601 specifying RCS inventory positive displacement pumps sized at >30 gpm at an estimated 1500 psig will be followed," and also to provide a discussion or a plant specific analysis to confirm that Revision 0 Page 32 of 60 2014-01-24 the guidance noted in the WCAP is applicable to RNP, or specify if there are any significant gaps between RNP and the WCAP specifications.
NEI12-06 Table D-1, "Summary of Performance Attributes for PWR Core Cooling Functions" states the following regarding re-powering charging pumps: "In order to address the requirement for diversity, if re-powering of installed charging pumps is used for this function (maintain RCS inventory), then either (a) multiple power connection points should be provided to the charging pump, or (b) provide a single power supply connection point for the charging pump and a single connection point for a portable makeup pump" The licensee's initial strategy to makeup to the RCS in Phase 2 was to re-power an installed plant charging pump, with portable 480 volt ac generators.
The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis of the worst case end of cycle conditions which would be the most limiting time needed to accomplish RCS makeup, and to specify the timing, duration, cooldown rate, and makeup needs for the cooldown where the need for RCS makeup under the proposed strategies would be required. The licensee was also requested to provide a discussion regarding the statement that the "Guidance in WCAP 17601 specifying RCS inventory positive displacement pumps sized at >30 gpm at an estimated 1500 psig will be followed," and also to provide a discussion or a plant specific analysis to confirm that Revision 0                                   Page 32 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
the guidance noted in the WCAP is applicable to RNP, or specify if there are any significant gaps between RNP and the WCAP specifications.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:
* RNP strategies for boration no longer include powering of a charging pump for Phase 2.
* RNP strategies for boration no longer include powering of a charging pump for Phase 2.
Line 417: Line 606:
* The pump capacity and pressure rating will be derived using hydraulic calculations (such as FATHOM) to insure feasibility.
* The pump capacity and pressure rating will be derived using hydraulic calculations (such as FATHOM) to insure feasibility.
* The cooldown phase will consider initial boron concentrations, xenon build-in, and decay and shutdown margin (SDM) requirements as defined in NEI 12-06
* The cooldown phase will consider initial boron concentrations, xenon build-in, and decay and shutdown margin (SDM) requirements as defined in NEI 12-06
* Boration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8.A in Section 4.2. The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern associated with the modeling of the timing and uniformity of the mixing of a liquid boric acid solution injected into the RCS under natural circulation conditions potentially involving phase flow was applicable to RNP. The Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) submitted a position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), which provides test data regarding boric acid mixing under single-phase natural circulation conditions and outlined applicability conditions intended to ensure that boric acid addition and mixing would occur under conditions similar to those for which boric acid mixing data is available.
* Boration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8.A in Section 4.2.
In an endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014, (ADAMS Accession No Mlxxxxxxxxx) the NRC staff concluded that the August 15, 2013, position paper constitutes an acceptable approach for addressing boric acid mixing under natural circulation during an ELAP event, provided that the following additional conditions are satisfied:  
The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern associated with the modeling of the timing and uniformity of the mixing of a liquid boric acid solution injected into the RCS under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow was applicable to RNP.
(1) The required timing for providing borated makeup to the primary system should consider conditions with no reactor coolant system leakage and with the highest applicable leakage rate for the reactor coolant pump seals and unidentified reactor coolant system leakage. (2) For the condition associated with the highest applicable reactor coolant system leakage rate, two approaches have been identified, either of which is acceptable to the staff: Revision 0 a. Adequate borated makeup should be provided such that the loop flow rate in phase natural circulation does not decrease below the loop flow rate corresponding to single-phase natural circulation.  
The Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) submitted a position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), which provides test data regarding boric acid mixing under single-phase natural circulation conditions and outlined applicability conditions intended to ensure that boric acid addition and mixing would occur under conditions similar to those for which boric acid mixing data is available. In an endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014, (ADAMS Accession No Mlxxxxxxxxx) the NRC staff concluded that the August 15, 2013, position paper constitutes an acceptable approach for addressing boric acid mixing under natural circulation during an ELAP event, provided that the following additional conditions are satisfied:
: b. If loop flow during two-phase natural circulation has decreased below the phase natural circulation flow rate, then the mixing of any borated primary makeup added to the reactor coolant system is not to be credited until one hour after the flow in all loops has been restored to a flow rate that is greater than or equal to the single-phase natural circulation flow rate. Page 33 of 60 2014-01-24 (3) In all cases, credit for increases in the reactor coolant system boron concentration should be delayed to account for the mixing of the borated primary makeup with the reactor coolant system inventory.
(1) The required timing for providing borated makeup to the primary system should consider conditions with no reactor coolant system leakage and with the highest applicable leakage rate for the reactor coolant pump seals and unidentified reactor coolant system leakage.
Provided that the flow in all loops is greater than or equal to the corresponding single-phase natural circulation flow rate, the staff considers a mixing delay period of one hour following the addition of the targeted quantity of boric acid to the reactor coolant system to be appropriate.
(2) For the condition associated with the highest applicable reactor coolant system leakage rate, two approaches have been identified, either of which is acceptable to the staff:
During the audit, the licensee informed the NRC staff of its intent to abide by the generic approach discussed above, including the additional conditions specified in the NRC's endorsement letter. As such, the generic concern associated with modeling the timing and uniformity of boric acid mixing within the reactor coolant system (RCS) under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow has been adequately addressed for RNP. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core sub-criticality, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.1.9 Use of Portable Pumps NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13), states in part: Regardless of installed coping capability, all plants will include the ability to use portable pumps to provide RPV/RCS/SG makeup as a means to provide diverse capability beyond installed equipment.
: a. Adequate borated makeup should be provided such that the loop flow rate in two-phase natural circulation does not decrease below the loop flow rate corresponding to single-phase natural circulation.
The use of portable pumps to provide RCS/SG makeup requires a transition and interaction with installed systems. For example, transitioning  
: b. If loop flow during two-phase natural circulation has decreased below the single-phase natural circulation flow rate, then the mixing of any borated primary makeup added to the reactor coolant system is not to be credited until one hour after the flow in all loops has been restored to a flow rate that is greater than or equal to the single-phase natural circulation flow rate.
.... to a portable pump for SG makeup may require cooldown and depressurization of the SGs in advance of using the portable pump connections.
Revision 0                                    Page 33 of 60                               2014-01-24
Guidance should address both the proactive transition from installed equipment to portable and reactive transitions in the event installed equipment degrades or fails. Preparations for reactive use of portable equipment should not distract site resources from establishing the primary coping strategy.
 
In some cases, in order to meet the time-sensitive required actions of the specific strategies, the FLEX equipment may need to be stored in its deployed position.
(3) In all cases, credit for increases in the reactor coolant system boron concentration should be delayed to account for the mixing of the borated primary makeup with the reactor coolant system inventory. Provided that the flow in all loops is greater than or equal to the corresponding single-phase natural circulation flow rate, the staff considers a mixing delay period of one hour following the addition of the targeted quantity of boric acid to the reactor coolant system to be appropriate.
During the audit, the licensee informed the NRC staff of its intent to abide by the generic approach discussed above, including the additional conditions specified in the NRC's endorsement letter. As such, the generic concern associated with modeling the timing and uniformity of boric acid mixing within the reactor coolant system (RCS) under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow has been adequately addressed for RNP.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core sub-criticality, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.1.9 Use of Portable Pumps NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13), states in part:
Regardless of installed coping capability, all plants will include the ability to use portable pumps to provide RPV/RCS/SG makeup as a means to provide diverse capability beyond installed equipment. The use of portable pumps to provide RCS/SG makeup requires a transition and interaction with installed systems. For example, transitioning .... to a portable pump for SG makeup may require cooldown and depressurization of the SGs in advance of using the portable pump connections. Guidance should address both the proactive transition from installed equipment to portable and reactive transitions in the event installed equipment degrades or fails. Preparations for reactive use of portable equipment should not distract site resources from establishing the primary coping strategy.
In some cases, in order to meet the time-sensitive required actions of the site-specific strategies, the FLEX equipment may need to be stored in its deployed position.
The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.
The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.
NEI 12-06 Section 11.2 states in part: Design requirements and supporting analysis should be developed for portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP that provides the inputs, assumptions, and documented analysis that the mitigation strategy and support equipment will perform as intended.
NEI 12-06 Section 11.2 states in part:
Design requirements and supporting analysis should be developed for portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP that provides the inputs, assumptions, and documented analysis that the mitigation strategy and support equipment will perform as intended.
On pages 14 and 15 of the Integrated Plan the licensee provided the following information:
On pages 14 and 15 of the Integrated Plan the licensee provided the following information:
Revision 0 Page 34 of 60 2014-01-24
Revision 0                                   Page 34 of 60                                 2014-01-24
* A portable pump will be procured and pre-staged near the condensate pump area, and an additional pump will be stored in a building designed per the criteria of NEI 12-06 Section 11.3, to meet spare (N+ 1) requirements, 2).
* A portable pump will be procured and pre-staged near the condensate pump area, and an additional pump will be stored in a building designed per the criteria of NEI 12-06 Section 11.3, to meet spare (N+ 1) requirements, 2).
* These portable pumps will be capable of taking suction from a variety of plant sources, the preferred source is the condensate storage tank (CST).
* These portable pumps will be capable of taking suction from a variety of plant sources, the preferred source is the condensate storage tank (CST).
* Makeup to the CST can be via the six inch emergency fill connection valve, DW-285, and an additional connection will be provided for the CST to satisfy primary and alternate criteria.
* Makeup to the CST can be via the six inch emergency fill connection valve, DW-285, and an additional connection will be provided for the CST to satisfy primary and alternate criteria.
* A tee-connection will be added to the 'C' AFW pump discharge line, which will allow the portable pump to supply the AFW system. Additionally, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson however due to a relatively long distance between the lake and the plant, it is desirable to use service water (SW) piping as a flow path. Mechanical connections will be added directly into both the south and north SW headers to allow a portable pump to connect, while taking suction directly from Lake Robinson and bypassing the SW pumps. To enable this strategy, the necessary N+ 1 portable pumps will be stored in a robust structure in a protected location near the intake structure.
* A tee-connection will be added to the 'C' AFW pump discharge line, which will allow the portable pump to supply the AFW system.
In the August 2013 six-month update the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration as follows: Installation of low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals is scheduled for the upcoming outage. With this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. In Phase 3, the 480 Vac buses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2. The borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility.
Additionally, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson however due to a relatively long distance between the lake and the plant, it is desirable to use service water (SW) piping as a flow path. Mechanical connections will be added directly into both the south and north SW headers to allow a portable pump to connect, while taking suction directly from Lake Robinson and bypassing the SW pumps. To enable this strategy, the necessary N+ 1 portable pumps will be stored in a robust structure in a protected location near the intake structure.
RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks stored in a protected facility.
In the August 2013 six-month update the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration as follows: Installation of low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals is scheduled for the upcoming outage. With this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. In Phase 3, the 480 Vac buses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2. The borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility. RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks stored in a protected facility. The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned.
The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned. The licensee listed the following portable pumps in the table titled "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2" on page 53 of the Integrated Plan: 1) FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig 2) High capacity FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 3000 gpm 3) High pressure FLEX positive displacement pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 30 gpm at approximately 1500 psig 4) FLEX portable pump (2) for containment cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig 5) FLEX portable pump (2) for SFP, @ greater than 500 gpm During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide supporting details regarding any analyses that were used to determine the required flow rates and corresponding pressures of the portable pumps for SG or RCS fill strategies for Phase 2 or 3 strategies.
The licensee listed the following portable pumps in the table titled "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2" on page 53 of the Integrated Plan:
In response the licensee stated that the WCAP-17601-P, the PWROG position paper dated August 15, 2013, and EDMG-011, "Spent Fuel Pool Casualty," were the basis for the above pump discharge pressures and flow rates. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of the computer codes/methods and assumptions used in the analyses, and address their adequacy.
: 1) FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig
In response the licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies, and that each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available Revision 0 Page 35 of 60 2014-01-24 vendor information.
: 2) High capacity FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 3000 gpm
This will be documented in a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.9.A in Section 4.2. Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) the required AFW mass flow rate to account for decay heat is based on the Westinghouse calculation APP-GW-MOC-001 Rev 1 'Westinghouse Fluid Systems Add-ins," April 22, 2013, 2) decay heat is determined as a function of time with an applied standard deviation margin of 2-sigma, consistent with Westinghouse WCAP-17601-P and Westinghouse letter LTR-LIS-13-147, Rev 0 "Documentation of AFW Demand Calculation, During the First 24 hours of an ELAP Event to Support the FLEX Initiative," August 19, 2013, and the decay heat profiles for SFP heat up were created using two separate methods: a) NRC Branch Technical Position ASB 9-2 and b) ANS/ANSI5.1-1979 standard.
: 3) High pressure FLEX positive displacement pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 30 gpm at approximately 1500 psig
: 4) FLEX portable pump (2) for containment cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig
: 5) FLEX portable pump (2) for SFP, @ greater than 500 gpm During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide supporting details regarding any analyses that were used to determine the required flow rates and corresponding pressures of the portable pumps for SG or RCS fill strategies for Phase 2 or 3 strategies. In response the licensee stated that the WCAP-17601-P, the PWROG position paper dated August 15, 2013, and EDMG-011, "Spent Fuel Pool Casualty," were the basis for the above pump discharge pressures and flow rates. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of the computer codes/methods and assumptions used in the analyses, and address their adequacy. In response the licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies, and that each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available Revision 0                                 Page 35 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
vendor information. This will be documented in a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.9.A in Section 4.2.
Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) the required AFW mass flow rate to account for decay heat is based on the Westinghouse calculation APP-GW-MOC-001 Rev 1 'Westinghouse Fluid Systems Add-ins," April 22, 2013, 2) decay heat is determined as a function of time with an applied standard deviation margin of 2-sigma, consistent with Westinghouse WCAP-17601-P and Westinghouse letter LTR-LIS-13-147, Rev 0 "Documentation of AFW Demand Calculation, During the First [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] of an ELAP Event to Support the FLEX Initiative," August 19, 2013, and the decay heat profiles for SFP heat up were created using two separate methods: a) NRC Branch Technical Position ASB 9-2 and b) ANS/ANSI5.1-1979 standard.
TEA Section 3.2.4.9, "Portable Equipment Fuel," addresses the fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment, and provides reasonable assurance that sufficient quantities of fuel as well as delivery capabilities are available.
TEA Section 3.2.4.9, "Portable Equipment Fuel," addresses the fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment, and provides reasonable assurance that sufficient quantities of fuel as well as delivery capabilities are available.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of portable, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.2 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the SFP cooling strategies.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of portable, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
This approach uses a portable injection source to provide 1) makeup via hoses on the refuel deck/floor capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; 2) makeup via connection to SFP cooling piping or other alternate location capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; and alternatively  
3.2.2     Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the SFP cooling strategies. This approach uses a portable injection source to provide 1) makeup via hoses on the refuel deck/floor capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; 2) makeup via connection to SFP cooling piping or other alternate location capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; and alternatively 3) spray via portable monitor nozzles from the refueling deck/floor capable of providing a minimum of 200 gallons per minute (gpm) per unit (250 gpm to account for overspray). This approach will also provide a vent pathway for steam and condensate from the SFP.
: 3) spray via portable monitor nozzles from the refueling deck/floor capable of providing a minimum of 200 gallons per minute (gpm) per unit (250 gpm to account for overspray).
As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints. Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may assume to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities.
This approach will also provide a vent pathway for steam and condensate from the SFP. As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints.
Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may assume to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.6 describes SFP initial conditions.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.6 describes SFP initial conditions.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 provides the acceptance criterion for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining SFP cooling. This criterion is keeping the fuel in the SFP covered. On page 33 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that there is no Phase 1 strategy Revision 0 Page 36 of 60 2014-01-24 necessary for SFP makeup on loss of power to the SFP cooling pumps other than to monitor the SFP level. The licensee also stated that with no heat removal, the time for the SFP water to rise from 150 degrees F to boiling for a full core discharge (fills SFP to capacity) is approximately 3.64 hours per calculation RNP-M-Mech-1 590, Revision 5, "Time-to-Boil Curves for the Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Cavity," that this is sufficient time to mobilize equipment for Phase 2, and that the estimated time to uncover any spent fuel is significantly longer. During the audit process, the licensee was requested to clarify the time to fuel uncovery.
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 provides the acceptance criterion for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining SFP cooling. This criterion is keeping the fuel in the SFP covered.
The licensee responded that the worst case time-to-boil to the top of the fuel racks was calculated to be 45.23 hours which assumes a full core offload and an initial temperature of 150 degrees F. The licensee also stated that additional actions to establish venting are not required for RNP due to the physical separation within the power block, and that the current design of the structure is such that opening the existing doors and roof hatch provides sufficient venting. The licensee was requested to confirm the vent path for this strategy.
On page 33 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that there is no Phase 1 strategy Revision 0                                 Page 36 of 60                                 2014-01-24
During the audit process, the licensee stated that access to the SFP is from the outside door at the 275 ft. elevation.
 
There is also a large removable hatch via the roof of the SFP building.
necessary for SFP makeup on loss of power to the SFP cooling pumps other than to monitor the SFP level. The licensee also stated that with no heat removal, the time for the SFP water to rise from 150 degrees F to boiling for a full core discharge (fills SFP to capacity) is approximately 3.[[estimated NRC review hours::64 hours]] per calculation RNP-M-Mech-1 590, Revision 5, "Time-to-Boil Curves for the Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Cavity," that this is sufficient time to mobilize equipment for Phase 2, and that the estimated time to uncover any spent fuel is significantly longer. During the audit process, the licensee was requested to clarify the time to fuel uncovery. The licensee responded that the worst case time-to-boil to the top of the fuel racks was calculated to be 45.[[estimated NRC review hours::23 hours]] which assumes a full core offload and an initial temperature of 150 degrees F.
Either door or hatch can be used to vent the SFP steam and condensate cannot be vented into the RAB as there is no access directly to the RAB from the SFP. On page 35 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that refilling the SFP may be accomplished through the use of hoses on the refueling floor, use of spray nozzles, or providing makeup through the use of installed SFP piping. The licensee also stated that the primary strategy for providing makeup water to the SFP is through the use of a portable pump (250 gpm) with attached suction and discharge hoses, and that to deploy this strategy, at least one portable pump is obtained from the FLEX storage building, and placed at the discharge canal with hoses of sufficient length to reach the SFP connected to the portable pump. The licensee stated that the alternate strategy is to provide makeup via installed SFP piping. RNP currently has two Emergency Cooling Connections (ECCs) that can be used for external filling to robust piping. The first connection is a four inch blind flange on the suction side of the 'B' SFP Cooling (SFPC) pump and allows water to be pumped directly into the pool. This connection is located on the second level of the Fuel Handling Building in the SFPC pump room. Located in the SFPC heat exchanger room, the ECC is upstream of the SFPC heat exchanger which then discharges into the SFP, (UFSAR Section 9.1.3). These connections will be used with portable pumps to draw water from diverse locations (RWST, discharge canal) and discharge directly into the pool. The licensee was requested to provide a discussion on how these diverse water sources will be prioritized and how they will be connected to the ECCs, and to describe the prioritization of the water sources to be used to discharge into the SFP, and how each water source will be connected to the ECCs. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the two readily available water sources are Lake Robinson and the discharge canal, and a portable pumper will be staged to take suction at one of the sources and hoses are used to route the discharge to the SFP. 2) Three options are available for routing. The first option is that a hose can be brought up to the SFP operating deck and deployed into the pool. The second option is to stage a monitor nozzle to deliver directly to the pool. The third option is to route the hose into the adjacent SFP heat exchanger room and connect to the hose to an installed FLEX connection at the outlet of the SFP heat exchanger which will refill the SFP from a connection outside the SFP building.
The licensee also stated that additional actions to establish venting are not required for RNP due to the physical separation within the power block, and that the current design of the structure is such that opening the existing doors and roof hatch provides sufficient venting. The licensee was requested to confirm the vent path for this strategy. During the audit process, the licensee stated that access to the SFP is from the outside door at the 275 ft. elevation. There is also a large removable hatch via the roof of the SFP building. Either door or hatch can be used to vent the SFP steam and condensate cannot be vented into the RAB as there is no access directly to the RAB from the SFP.
Revision 0 Page 37 of 60 2014-01-24 The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to SFP cooling strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.3 Containment Functions Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D provide some examples of acceptable approaches for demonstrating the baseline capability of the containment strategies to effectively maintain containment functions during all phases of an ELAP. For example, containment pressure control/heat removal utilizing containment spray. On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that containment isolation will occur on a Station Blackout (SBO) event, and that the requirement for the containment safety function is the ability to maintain or re-power key containment parameter instruments as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 0 and PWROG recommendations.
On page 35 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that refilling the SFP may be accomplished through the use of hoses on the refueling floor, use of spray nozzles, or providing makeup through the use of installed SFP piping. The licensee also stated that the primary strategy for providing makeup water to the SFP is through the use of a portable pump (250 gpm) with attached suction and discharge hoses, and that to deploy this strategy, at least one portable pump is obtained from the FLEX storage building, and placed at the discharge canal with hoses of sufficient length to reach the SFP connected to the portable pump.
The licensee also stated that the instrumentation recommended to monitor these key containment parameters are as follows: containment pressure, containment temperature, and battery capacity/de bus voltage, which are powered by safety batteries and will be available until battery depletion.
The licensee stated that the alternate strategy is to provide makeup via installed SFP piping.
On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that a containment temperature and pressure analysis will be performed based on the postulated ELAP event, and it is anticipated that the results of this calculation will show that containment will neither over-pressurize nor reach a temperature exceeding instrumentation Environmental Qualification (EQ) limits; thus requiring no additional strategies.
RNP currently has two Emergency Cooling Connections (ECCs) that can be used for external filling to robust piping. The first connection is a four inch blind flange on the suction side of the
Should the analysis not yield the predicted results described, a primary and secondary strategy will be provided.
'B' SFP Cooling (SFPC) pump and allows water to be pumped directly into the pool. This connection is located on the second level of the Fuel Handling Building in the SFPC pump room. Located in the SFPC heat exchanger room, the ECC is upstream of the SFPC heat exchanger which then discharges into the SFP, (UFSAR Section 9.1.3). These connections will be used with portable pumps to draw water from diverse locations (RWST, discharge canal) and discharge directly into the pool.
The licensee has not completed a containment temperature and pressure analysis for the ELAP condition.
The licensee was requested to provide a discussion on how these diverse water sources will be prioritized and how they will be connected to the ECCs, and to describe the prioritization of the water sources to be used to discharge into the SFP, and how each water source will be connected to the ECCs.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding containment analysis:
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the two readily available water sources are Lake Robinson and the discharge canal, and a portable pumper will be staged to take suction at one of the sources and hoses are used to route the discharge to the SFP. 2) Three options are available for routing. The first option is that a hose can be brought up to the SFP operating deck and deployed into the pool. The second option is to stage a monitor nozzle to deliver directly to the pool. The third option is to route the hose into the adjacent SFP heat exchanger room and connect to the hose to an installed FLEX connection at the outlet of the SFP heat exchanger which will refill the SFP from a connection outside the SFP building.
: 1) Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877, which was performed using the GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA), describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low-leakage seals. 2) This calculation showed that at 10 days containment pressure and temperature reached 15.7 psig and 203.3 degrees F, and that containment design pressure of 42 psig was reached at approximately 43 days and design temperature of 263 degrees F was reached at approximately 44 days. The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed to maintain containment functions has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.3.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to containment functions strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.4 Support Functions 3.2.4.1 Equipment Cooling-Cooling Water NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (3) states: Revision 0 Page 38 of 60 2014-01-24 Plant procedures/guidance should specify actions necessary to assure that equipment functionality can be maintained (including support systems or alternate method) in an ELAP/LUHS or can perform without ac power or normal access to the UHS. Cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water may normally be used in order for equipment to perform their function.
Revision 0                                 Page 37 of 60                                 2014-01-24
It may be necessary to provide an alternate means for support systems that require ac power or normal access to the UHS, or provide a technical justification for continued functionality without the support system. The Integrated Plan did not provide sufficient information regarding cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water cooling when ac power is lost during the ELAP for Phases 1 and 2. The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supplemental cooling to the subject components and areas when normal cooling will not be available during the ELAP, and to include a detailed summary of the analysis and/or technical evaluation performed to demonstrate the adequacy of the ventilation provided in the pump rooms to support equipment operation throughout all phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that; RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures, and will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to equipment cooling water, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.4.2 Ventilation  
 
-Equipment Cooling NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (1 0) states: Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of ventilation effects on specific energized equipment necessary for shutdown (e.g., those containing internal electrical power supplies or other local heat sources that may be energized or present in an ELAP. ELAP procedures/guidance should identify specific actions to be taken to ensure that equipment failure does not occur as a result of a loss of forced ventilation/cooling.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to SFP cooling strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
Actions should be tied to either the ELAP/LUHS or upon reaching certain temperatures in the plant. Plant areas requiring additional air flow are likely to be locations containing shutdown instrumentation and power supplies, turbine-driven decay heat removal equipment, and in the vicinity of the inverters.
3.2.3   Containment Functions Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D provide some examples of acceptable approaches for demonstrating the baseline capability of the containment strategies to effectively maintain containment functions during all phases of an ELAP. For example, containment pressure control/heat removal utilizing containment spray.
These areas include: steam driven [auxiliary feedwater]
On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that containment isolation will occur on a Station Blackout (SBO) event, and that the requirement for the containment safety function is the ability to maintain or re-power key containment parameter instruments as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 0 and PWROG recommendations. The licensee also stated that the instrumentation recommended to monitor these key containment parameters are as follows:
AFW pump room, HPCI and RCIC pump rooms, the control room, and logic cabinets.
containment pressure, containment temperature, and battery capacity/de bus voltage, which are powered by safety batteries and will be available until battery depletion.
Air flow may be accomplished by opening doors to rooms and electronic and relay Revision 0 Page 39 of 60 2014-01-24 cabinets, and/or providing supplemental air flow. Air temperatures may be monitored during an ELAP/LUHS event through operator observation, portable instrumentation, or the use of locally mounted thermometers inside cabinets and in plant areas where cooling may be needed. Alternatively, procedures/guidance may direct the operator to take action to provide for alternate air flow in the event normal cooling is lost. Upon loss of these systems, or indication of temperatures outside the maximum normal range of values, the procedures/guidance should direct supplemental air flow be provided to the affected cabinet or area, and/or designate alternate means for monitoring system functions.
On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that a containment temperature and pressure analysis will be performed based on the postulated ELAP event, and it is anticipated that the results of this calculation will show that containment will neither over-pressurize nor reach a temperature exceeding instrumentation Environmental Qualification (EQ) limits; thus requiring no additional strategies. Should the analysis not yield the predicted results described, a primary and secondary strategy will be provided.
For the limited cooling requirements of a cabinet containing power supplies for instrumentation, simply opening the back doors is effective.
The licensee has not completed a containment temperature and pressure analysis for the ELAP condition. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding containment analysis: 1) Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877, which was performed using the GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA), describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low-leakage seals. 2) This calculation showed that at 10 days containment pressure and temperature reached 15.7 psig and 203.3 degrees F, and that containment design pressure of 42 psig was reached at approximately 43 days and design temperature of 263 degrees F was reached at approximately 44 days. The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed to maintain containment functions has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.3.A in Section 4.2.
For larger cooling loads, such as HPCI, RCIC, and AFW pump rooms, portable engine-driven blowers may be considered during the transient to augment the natural circulation provided by opening doors. The necessary rate of air supply to these rooms may be estimated on the basis of rapidly turning over the room's air volume. Temperatures in the HPCI pump room and/or steam tunnel for a BWR may reach levels which isolate HPCI or RCIC steam lines. Supplemental air flow or the capability to override the isolation feature may be necessary at some plants. The procedures/guidance should identify the corrective action required, if necessary.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to containment functions strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
Actuation setpoints for fire protection systems are typically at 165-180°F.
3.2.4   Support Functions 3.2.4.1 Equipment Cooling- Cooling Water NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (3) states:
It is expected that temperature rises due to loss of ventilation/cooling during an ELAP/LUHS will not be sufficiently high to initiate actuation of fire protection systems. If lower fire protection system setpoints are used or temperatures are expected to exceed these temperatures during an ELAP/LUHS, procedures/guidance should identify actions to avoid such inadvertent actuations or the plant should ensure that actuation does not impact long term operation of the equipment.
Revision 0                                   Page 38 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
Plant procedures/guidance should specify actions necessary to assure that equipment functionality can be maintained (including support systems or alternate method) in an ELAP/LUHS or can perform without ac power or normal access to the UHS.
Cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water may normally be used in order for equipment to perform their function. It may be necessary to provide an alternate means for support systems that require ac power or normal access to the UHS, or provide a technical justification for continued functionality without the support system.
The Integrated Plan did not provide sufficient information regarding cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water cooling when ac power is lost during the ELAP for Phases 1 and 2. The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supplemental cooling to the subject components and areas when normal cooling will not be available during the ELAP, and to include a detailed summary of the analysis and/or technical evaluation performed to demonstrate the adequacy of the ventilation provided in the pump rooms to support equipment operation throughout all phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that; RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures, and will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to equipment cooling water, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.4.2 Ventilation - Equipment Cooling NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (1 0) states:
Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of ventilation effects on specific energized equipment necessary for shutdown (e.g., those containing internal electrical power supplies or other local heat sources that may be energized or present in an ELAP.
ELAP procedures/guidance should identify specific actions to be taken to ensure that equipment failure does not occur as a result of a loss of forced ventilation/cooling. Actions should be tied to either the ELAP/LUHS or upon reaching certain temperatures in the plant. Plant areas requiring additional air flow are likely to be locations containing shutdown instrumentation and power supplies, turbine-driven decay heat removal equipment, and in the vicinity of the inverters. These areas include: steam driven [auxiliary feedwater] AFW pump room, HPCI and RCIC pump rooms, the control room, and logic cabinets. Air flow may be accomplished by opening doors to rooms and electronic and relay Revision 0                                 Page 39 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
cabinets, and/or providing supplemental air flow.
Air temperatures may be monitored during an ELAP/LUHS event through operator observation, portable instrumentation, or the use of locally mounted thermometers inside cabinets and in plant areas where cooling may be needed.
Alternatively, procedures/guidance may direct the operator to take action to provide for alternate air flow in the event normal cooling is lost. Upon loss of these systems, or indication of temperatures outside the maximum normal range of values, the procedures/guidance should direct supplemental air flow be provided to the affected cabinet or area, and/or designate alternate means for monitoring system functions.
For the limited cooling requirements of a cabinet containing power supplies for instrumentation, simply opening the back doors is effective. For larger cooling loads, such as HPCI, RCIC, and AFW pump rooms, portable engine-driven blowers may be considered during the transient to augment the natural circulation provided by opening doors. The necessary rate of air supply to these rooms may be estimated on the basis of rapidly turning over the room's air volume.
Temperatures in the HPCI pump room and/or steam tunnel for a BWR may reach levels which isolate HPCI or RCIC steam lines. Supplemental air flow or the capability to override the isolation feature may be necessary at some plants. The procedures/guidance should identify the corrective action required, if necessary.
Actuation setpoints for fire protection systems are typically at 165-180°F. It is expected that temperature rises due to loss of ventilation/cooling during an ELAP/LUHS will not be sufficiently high to initiate actuation of fire protection systems. If lower fire protection system setpoints are used or temperatures are expected to exceed these temperatures during an ELAP/LUHS, procedures/guidance should identify actions to avoid such inadvertent actuations or the plant should ensure that actuation does not impact long term operation of the equipment.
On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that upon loss of ac power, no heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems are available, and that there are no actions to restore HVAC during Phase 1. Additionally strategies to provide cooling to the CR are already in place at RNP and will be used as-is, including opening cabinet and exterior doors, and all other plant areas are sufficiently cool for eight hours, as determined for the SBO scenario.
On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that upon loss of ac power, no heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems are available, and that there are no actions to restore HVAC during Phase 1. Additionally strategies to provide cooling to the CR are already in place at RNP and will be used as-is, including opening cabinet and exterior doors, and all other plant areas are sufficiently cool for eight hours, as determined for the SBO scenario.
Further calculations will be performed for an ELAP without installed ac power restoration for longer periods of time. On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that existing plant procedures describe how portable fan blowers and exhaust ductwork will be aligned in the CR within three hours, and that for other areas of the plant, the Phase 2 strategy of re-powering 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and 480V MCC 5 will restore HVAC. An analysis of HVAC requirements for operating equipment will be performed based on area heat-up times without cooling available for indefinite coping. The licensee stated that the primary strategy powering the battery room exhaust fans to remove any hydrogen gas accumulation during charging will be through portable diesel generators at Revision 0 Page 40 of 60 2014-01-24 connection points near the emergency diesel generator as described for powering the essential instrument bus. Additionally for other areas of the plant, the strategy is to provide portable fan blowers and generators which will be procured and used to provide forced convection for personnel habitability in areas where needed. The alternate method for providing ventilation to the battery rooms requires installing manual transfer switches with the ability to quick-connect to portable 5kW diesel generators.
Further calculations will be performed for an ELAP without installed ac power restoration for longer periods of time.
The licensee noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined.
On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that existing plant procedures describe how portable fan blowers and exhaust ductwork will be aligned in the CR within three hours, and that for other areas of the plant, the Phase 2 strategy of re-powering 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and 480V MCC 5 will restore HVAC. An analysis of HVAC requirements for operating equipment will be performed based on area heat-up times without cooling available for indefinite coping.
The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
The licensee stated that the primary strategy powering the battery room exhaust fans to remove any hydrogen gas accumulation during charging will be through portable diesel generators at Revision 0                                   Page 40 of 60                               2014-01-24
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2. The NRC has identified the following issues regarding habitability of the CR during the ELAP. Without ventilation the CR would most likely heat up. If temperatures approach a steady-state condition of 110 degrees F, the environmental conditions within the CR would remain at the uppermost habitability temperature limit defined in NUMARC 87-00 for efficient human performance.
 
NUMARC 87-00 provides the technical basis for this habitability standard as STD-1472C, which concludes that 110 degrees F is tolerable for light work for a 4 hour period while dressed in conventional clothing with a relative humidity of -30%. The licensee did not supply sufficient information to conclude that the habitability limits of the CR will be maintained in all Phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
connection points near the emergency diesel generator as described for powering the essential instrument bus. Additionally for other areas of the plant, the strategy is to provide portable fan blowers and generators which will be procured and used to provide forced convection for personnel habitability in areas where needed. The alternate method for providing ventilation to the battery rooms requires installing manual transfer switches with the ability to quick-connect to portable 5kW diesel generators.
This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2. The NRC has also identified issues with hydrogen accumulation in the battery rooms. With no ventilation for the battery rooms, hydrogen gas building could become an issue. As the strategy for providing ventilation to the battery room has not been developed, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of battery room ventilation to prevent hydrogen accumulation while recharging the batteries in phase 2 or 3. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and that the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
The licensee noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined. The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.
Additionally, a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed.
The NRC has identified the following issues regarding habitability of the CR during the ELAP.
This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.8 in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to ventilation equipment cooling, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.4.3 Heat Tracing Revision 0 Page 41 of 60 2014-01-24 NE! 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (12) states: Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of heat tracing effects for equipment required to cope with an ELAP. Alternate steps, if needed, should be identified to supplement planned action. Heat tracing is used at some plants to ensure cold weather conditions do not result in freezing important piping and instrumentation systems with small diameter piping. Procedures/guidance should be reviewed to identify if any heat traced systems are relied upon to cope with an ELAP. For example, additional condensate makeup may be supplied from a system exposed to cold weather where heat tracing is needed to ensure control systems are available.
Without ventilation the CR would most likely heat up. If temperatures approach a steady-state condition of 110 degrees F, the environmental conditions within the CR would remain at the uppermost habitability temperature limit defined in NUMARC 87-00 for efficient human performance. NUMARC 87-00 provides the technical basis for this habitability standard as MIL-STD-1472C, which concludes that 110 degrees F is tolerable for light work for a 4 hour period while dressed in conventional clothing with a relative humidity of -30%. The licensee did not supply sufficient information to conclude that the habitability limits of the CR will be maintained in all Phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.
If any such systems are identified, additional backup sources of water not dependent on heat tracing should be identified.
The NRC has also identified issues with hydrogen accumulation in the battery rooms. With no ventilation for the battery rooms, hydrogen gas building could become an issue. As the strategy for providing ventilation to the battery room has not been developed, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of battery room ventilation to prevent hydrogen accumulation while recharging the batteries in phase 2 or 3. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and that the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. Additionally, a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed. This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.8 in Section 4.2.
In the integrated plan, the licensee did not discuss the effects of loss of power to heat tracing and therefore additional information is required to conclude that this consideration from NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2 paragraph 13, has been adequately addressed.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to ventilation equipment cooling, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified, however heat tracing is not safety-related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.3.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to heat tracing, if these requirements are implemented as planned. 3.2.4.4 Accessibility-Lighting and Communications NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (8) states: Plant procedures/guidance should identify the portable lighting (e.g., flashlights or head/amps) and communications systems necessary for ingress and egress to plant areas required for deployment of FLEX strategies.
3.2.4.3 Heat Tracing Revision 0                                 Page 41 of 60                                 2014-01-24
 
NE! 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (12) states:
Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of heat tracing effects for equipment required to cope with an ELAP. Alternate steps, if needed, should be identified to supplement planned action.
Heat tracing is used at some plants to ensure cold weather conditions do not result in freezing important piping and instrumentation systems with small diameter piping. Procedures/guidance should be reviewed to identify if any heat traced systems are relied upon to cope with an ELAP. For example, additional condensate makeup may be supplied from a system exposed to cold weather where heat tracing is needed to ensure control systems are available. If any such systems are identified, additional backup sources of water not dependent on heat tracing should be identified.
In the integrated plan, the licensee did not discuss the effects of loss of power to heat tracing and therefore additional information is required to conclude that this consideration from NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2 paragraph 13, has been adequately addressed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified, however heat tracing is not safety-related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.3.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to heat tracing, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
3.2.4.4 Accessibility- Lighting and Communications NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (8) states:
Plant procedures/guidance should identify the portable lighting (e.g., flashlights or head/amps) and communications systems necessary for ingress and egress to plant areas required for deployment of FLEX strategies.
Areas requiring access for instrumentation monitoring or equipment operation may require portable lighting as necessary to perform essential functions.
Areas requiring access for instrumentation monitoring or equipment operation may require portable lighting as necessary to perform essential functions.
Normal communications may be lost or hampered during an ELAP. Consequently, in some cases, portable communication devices may be required to support interaction between personnel in the plant and those providing overall command and control. On pages 41 and 42 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the following regarding lighting:  
Normal communications may be lost or hampered during an ELAP.
: 1) upon loss of ac power, emergency lighting is provided by installed eight hour battery packs, 2) emergency plant lighting modifications to incorporate LED technology will be initiated thereby increasing the effective life of the battery packs, 3) safety batteries  
Consequently, in some cases, portable communication devices may be required to support interaction between personnel in the plant and those providing overall command and control.
'A' and 'B' provide limited plant lighting, and 4) supplementing the existing safety batteries with additional non-safety related batteries will have the objective of providing an overall eight hour minimum capacity.
On pages 41 and 42 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the following regarding lighting:
Revision 0 Page 42 of 60 2014-01-24 Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) this will extend Phase 1 long enough to get Phase 2 coping strategies in place for the lighting currently powered by vital buses supplied by the safety batteries, and 2) additional portable lighting will be procured to facilitate implementation of FLEX strategies and to reduce human error and increase safety during a BDBEE event, which will augment head and hand lamps, and will be coordinated with individual FLEX strategies.
: 1) upon loss of ac power, emergency lighting is provided by installed eight hour battery packs,
: 2) emergency plant lighting modifications to incorporate LED technology will be initiated thereby increasing the effective life of the battery packs, 3) safety batteries 'A' and 'B' provide limited plant lighting, and 4) supplementing the existing safety batteries with additional non-safety related batteries will have the objective of providing an overall eight hour minimum capacity.
Revision 0                                   Page 42 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) this will extend Phase 1 long enough to get Phase 2 coping strategies in place for the lighting currently powered by vital buses supplied by the safety batteries, and 2) additional portable lighting will be procured to facilitate implementation of FLEX strategies and to reduce human error and increase safety during a BDBEE event, which will augment head and hand lamps, and will be coordinated with individual FLEX strategies.
On pages 44 and 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the vital lighting in the CR will be restored by providing power back to the battery chargers, and that the primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and will include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed (switchgear E1 and E2 provide power to the 480V MCCs that feed the battery chargers).
On pages 44 and 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the vital lighting in the CR will be restored by providing power back to the battery chargers, and that the primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and will include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed (switchgear E1 and E2 provide power to the 480V MCCs that feed the battery chargers).
Additionally, the licensee stated that the alternate method for powering the battery chargers is to power battery chargers directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection, and when powering only one battery charger by use of a manual transfer switch the diesel generator must be capable of providing 60kW. For outside areas, portable lighting towers may be used. On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the strategy for getting power restored to critical lighting areas (other than the CR) in Phase 3 is a continuation of the Phase 2 strategy.
Additionally, the licensee stated that the alternate method for powering the battery chargers is to power battery chargers directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection, and when powering only one battery charger by use of a manual transfer switch the diesel generator must be capable of providing 60kW. For outside areas, portable lighting towers may be used.
This is accomplished by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator.
On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the strategy for getting power restored to critical lighting areas (other than the CR) in Phase 3 is a continuation of the Phase 2 strategy. This is accomplished by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator. These connection points will be capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. E1 or E2 provide power to critical 480V MCC's that feed various panels that supply lighting circuits considered critical to operations. The licensee stated that another strategy in Phase 3 to restore lighting is to power 480V MCC's 5 and 6 by either bus modification for diesel generator connection or by addition of a new panel with diesel generator connections integrated into the vertical panel design, allowing for full horizontal bus ampacity. The licensee has developed strategies for restoring normal and emergency lighting during the ELAP and has identified multiple open items in the Integrated Plan related to lighting.
These connection points will be capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. E1 or E2 provide power to critical 480V MCC's that feed various panels that supply lighting circuits considered critical to operations.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession No. ML12311A299 and ML13058A045) in response to the March 12, 2012, 50.54(f) request for information letter, and as documented in the staff analysis (ADAMS Accession No. ML13105A413) has determined that the assessment for communications is reasonable, and the analyzed existing systems, proposed enhancements, and interim measures will help to ensure that communications are maintained. Therefore, there is reasonable assurance that the guidance and strategies developed by the licensee will conform to the guidance of NEI 12-06 Section 3.2.2 (8) regarding communications capabilities during an ELAP. Confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.4.A in Section 4.2.
The licensee stated that another strategy in Phase 3 to restore lighting is to power 480V MCC's 5 and 6 by either bus modification for diesel generator connection or by addition of a new panel with diesel generator connections integrated into the vertical panel design, allowing for full horizontal bus ampacity.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to lighting and communications, if these requirements are implemented as planned.
The licensee has developed strategies for restoring normal and emergency lighting during the ELAP and has identified multiple open items in the Integrated Plan related to lighting.
Revision 0                                   Page 43 of 60                               2014-01-24
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession No. ML 12311A299 and ML 13058A045) in response to the March 12, 2012, 50.54(f) request for information letter, and as documented in the staff analysis (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13105A413) has determined that the assessment for communications is reasonable, and the analyzed existing systems, proposed enhancements, and interim measures will help to ensure that communications are maintained.
 
Therefore, there is reasonable assurance that the guidance and strategies developed by the licensee will conform to the guidance of NEI 12-06 Section 3.2.2 (8) regarding communications capabilities during an ELAP. Confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.
3.2.4.5 Protected and Internal Locked Area Access NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (9) states:
This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to lighting and communications, if these requirements are implemented as planned. Revision 0 Page 43 of 60 2014-01-24 3.2.4.5 Protected and Internal Locked Area Access NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (9) states: Plant procedures/guidance should consider the effects of ac power loss on area access, as well as the need to gain entry to the Protected Area and internal locked areas where remote equipment operation is necessary.
Plant procedures/guidance should consider the effects of ac power loss on area access, as well as the need to gain entry to the Protected Area and internal locked areas where remote equipment operation is necessary.
At some plants, the security system may be adversely affected by the loss of the preferred or Class 1 E power supplies in an ELAP. In such cases, manual actions specified in ELAP response procedures/guidance may require additional actions to obtain access. On page 72 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided an open item which noted that necessary modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment.
At some plants, the security system may be adversely affected by the loss of the preferred or Class 1E power supplies in an ELAP. In such cases, manual actions specified in ELAP response procedures/guidance may require additional actions to obtain access.
Although the licensee stated that modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment, it is not clear if these modifications will eliminate the need for electric power to operate these systems. The licensee was requested to provide additional clarifying information regarding the need for electric power or alternate actions to facilitate deployment of FLEX equipment and access to internal locked areas when power is lost to security systems. During the audit process, the licensee stated that electric power is not required to access all areas of the plant in an ELAP, all plant operators and security personnel carry security keys that can access all locked doors regardless of ac power availability, and that gate access is similar to using available keys. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protected and internal locked area access, if these requirements are implemented as described.
On page 72 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided an open item which noted that necessary modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment.
3.2.4.6 Personnel Habitability-Elevated Temperature NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (11 ), states: Plant procedures/guidance should consider accessibility requirements at locations where operators will be required to perform local manual operations.
Although the licensee stated that modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment, it is not clear if these modifications will eliminate the need for electric power to operate these systems. The licensee was requested to provide additional clarifying information regarding the need for electric power or alternate actions to facilitate deployment of FLEX equipment and access to internal locked areas when power is lost to security systems. During the audit process, the licensee stated that electric power is not required to access all areas of the plant in an ELAP, all plant operators and security personnel carry security keys that can access all locked doors regardless of ac power availability, and that gate access is similar to using available keys.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protected and internal locked area access, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.2.4.6 Personnel Habitability- Elevated Temperature NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (11 ), states:
Plant procedures/guidance should consider accessibility requirements at locations where operators will be required to perform local manual operations.
Due to elevated temperatures and humidity in some locations where local operator actions are required (e.g., manual valve manipulations, equipment connections, etc.), procedures/guidance should identify the protective clothing or other equipment or actions necessary to protect the operator, as appropriate.
Due to elevated temperatures and humidity in some locations where local operator actions are required (e.g., manual valve manipulations, equipment connections, etc.), procedures/guidance should identify the protective clothing or other equipment or actions necessary to protect the operator, as appropriate.
FLEX strategies must be capable of execution under the adverse conditions (unavailability of installed plant lighting, ventilation, etc.) expected following a BOSE resulting in an ELAP/LUHS.
FLEX strategies must be capable of execution under the adverse conditions (unavailability of installed plant lighting, ventilation, etc.) expected following a BOSE resulting in an ELAP/LUHS. Accessibility of equipment, tooling, connection points, and plant components shall be accounted for in the development of the FLEX strategies. The use of appropriate human performance aids (e.g.,
Accessibility of equipment, tooling, connection points, and plant components shall be accounted for in the development of the FLEX strategies.
component marking, connection schematics, installation sketches, photographs, Revision 0                                   Page 44 of 60                                 2014-01-24
The use of appropriate human performance aids (e.g., component marking, connection schematics, installation sketches, photographs, Revision 0 Page 44 of 60 2014-01-24 etc.) shall be included in the FLEX guidance implementing the FLEX strategies.
 
Section 9.2 of NEI 12-06 states, Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F. Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F. Since the licensee's response noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined, additional information is required regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
etc.) shall be included in the FLEX guidance implementing the FLEX strategies.
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2. In the August 2013 six-month update, RNP stated that they will use the current emergency strategy of manually operating valves to control the SDAFW pump. The licensee was requested to discuss: a) how frequently manual operation of the valves is required, b) the temperature and humidity in the area where the valves are located, and c) the ability of operators to perform the required operation in the expected environmental conditions.
Section 9.2 of NEI 12-06 states, Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F. Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that; a) the steam supply valves to the SDAFW pump will be opened initially and operated infrequently during the first several hours of the event, and the AFW valves will be opened initially to restore SG levels to the normal range and then throttled and operated periodically to maintain levels (decay heat dependent), b) the SDAFW pump and associated manual valves are located in the turbine building Class 1 bay which is an open structure, and portable blowers will be available if necessary to provide for air movement in the area, and c) since RNP is located in what is considered to be a temperate climate, storage and operation of the FLEX equipment is not considered to be an issue. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to personnel habitability with elevated temperatures, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Since the licensee's response noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined, additional information is required regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
3.2.4.7 Water Sources NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (5) states: Plant procedures/guidance should ensure that a flow path is promptly established for makeup flow to the steam generator/nuclear boiler and identify backup water sources in order of intended use. Additionally, plant procedures/guidance should specify clear criteria for transferring to the next preferred source of water. Under certain beyond-design-basis conditions, the integrity of some water sources may be challenged.
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.
Coping with an ELAP/LUHS may require water Revision 0 Page 45 of 60 2014-01-24 supplies for multiple days. Guidance should address alternate water sources and water delivery systems to support the extended coping duration.
In the August 2013 six-month update, RNP stated that they will use the current emergency strategy of manually operating valves to control the SDAFW pump.
Cooling and makeup water inventories contained in systems or structures with designs that are robust with respect to seismic events, floods, and high winds, and associated missiles are assumed to be available in an ELAP/LUHS at their nominal capacities.
The licensee was requested to discuss: a) how frequently manual operation of the valves is required, b) the temperature and humidity in the area where the valves are located, and c) the ability of operators to perform the required operation in the expected environmental conditions.
Water in robust UHS piping may also be available for use but would need to be evaluated to ensure adequate NPSH can be demonstrated and, for example, that the water does not gravity drain back to the UHS. Alternate water delivery systems can be considered available on a case-by-case basis. In general, all CSTs should be used first if available.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that; a) the steam supply valves to the SDAFW pump will be opened initially and operated infrequently during the first several hours of the event, and the AFW valves will be opened initially to restore SG levels to the normal range and then throttled and operated periodically to maintain levels (decay heat dependent), b) the SDAFW pump and associated manual valves are located in the turbine building Class 1 bay which is an open structure, and portable blowers will be available if necessary to provide for air movement in the area, and c) since RNP is located in what is considered to be a temperate climate, storage and operation of the FLEX equipment is not considered to be an issue.
If the normal source of makeup water (e.g., CST) fails or becomes exhausted as a result of the hazard, then robust demineralized, raw, or borated water tanks may be used as appropriate.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to personnel habitability with elevated temperatures, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Finally, when all other preferred water sources have been depleted, lower water quality sources may be pumped as makeup flow using available equipment (e.g., a diesel driven fire pump or a portable pump drawing from a raw water source). Procedures/guidance should clearly specify the conditions when the operator is expected to resort to increasingly impure water sources. On page 11 and 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the AFW system provides feedwater to the SGs as required to perform a RCS cooldown, maintain safe shutdown, and mitigate the consequences of all transient and accident scenarios in which AFW system operation is credited, and that the SDAFWP will deliver CST inventory to the SGs. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the installed CST is protected against all hazards except for wind driven missiles, and in all events that do not include this hazard the CST (150,000 gallons) will supply the SDAFW pump for approximately 4 hours, and 2) the four hour cooping time is sufficient to connect a portable pump at either the discharge canal or at the lake and supply water to a FLEX connection on the CST using a fire hose. Additionally, if the Circulating Water (CW) inlet bay survives the event the inlet bay can be used as follows: 1) a portable FLEX pump will be staged in the turbine pedestal and protected from missiles and will be aligned to take suction from the CW inlet bay (capacity approximately 530,000 gallons of stored volume with continuous makeup at normal lade level), 2) this will be supplied directly to the SDAFW pump via a fire hose, 3) this action will have an approximate time of 1 hour to prevent SG dryout, and 4) RNP will supply sufficient equipment to meet the N+ 1 requirement.
3.2.4.7 Water Sources NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (5) states:
In the August 2013 six-month update, the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration.
Plant procedures/guidance should ensure that a flow path is promptly established for makeup flow to the steam generator/nuclear boiler and identify backup water sources in order of intended use. Additionally, plant procedures/guidance should specify clear criteria for transferring to the next preferred source of water.
The license stated that they plan on installing the low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals in the upcoming outage, and with this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. Additionally, in Phase 3, the 480 VAG busses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The licensee also stated that the charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2, and that the borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility.
Under certain beyond-design-basis conditions, the integrity of some water sources may be challenged. Coping with an ELAP/LUHS may require water Revision 0                                     Page 45 of 60                           2014-01-24
RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks. The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned. Also, the consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed.
 
During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Revision 0 Page 46 of 60 2014-01-24 Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.7.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to makeup water sources, if these requirements are implemented as described.
supplies for multiple days. Guidance should address alternate water sources and water delivery systems to support the extended coping duration. Cooling and makeup water inventories contained in systems or structures with designs that are robust with respect to seismic events, floods, and high winds, and associated missiles are assumed to be available in an ELAP/LUHS at their nominal capacities. Water in robust UHS piping may also be available for use but would need to be evaluated to ensure adequate NPSH can be demonstrated and, for example, that the water does not gravity drain back to the UHS.
3.2.4.8 Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part: The use of portable equipment to charge batteries or locally energize equipment may be needed under ELAP/LUHS conditions.
Alternate water delivery systems can be considered available on a case-by-case basis. In general, all CSTs should be used first if available. If the normal source of makeup water (e.g., CST) fails or becomes exhausted as a result of the hazard, then robust demineralized, raw, or borated water tanks may be used as appropriate.
Appropriate electrical isolations and interactions should be addressed in procedures/guidance.
Finally, when all other preferred water sources have been depleted, lower water quality sources may be pumped as makeup flow using available equipment (e.g., a diesel driven fire pump or a portable pump drawing from a raw water source). Procedures/guidance should clearly specify the conditions when the operator is expected to resort to increasingly impure water sources.
The licensee provided a strategy for connection of portable 480 VAC generators to re-power 480 VAC switchgear E1 or E2. The licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding adequate electrical isolation between the plant generators and the portable equipment.
On page 11 and 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the AFW system provides feedwater to the SGs as required to perform a RCS cooldown, maintain safe shutdown, and mitigate the consequences of all transient and accident scenarios in which AFW system operation is credited, and that the SDAFWP will deliver CST inventory to the SGs. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the installed CST is protected against all hazards except for wind driven missiles, and in all events that do not include this hazard the CST (150,000 gallons) will supply the SDAFW pump for approximately [[estimated NRC review hours::4 hours]], and 2) the four hour cooping time is sufficient to connect a portable pump at either the discharge canal or at the lake and supply water to a FLEX connection on the CST using a fire hose. Additionally, if the Circulating Water (CW) inlet bay survives the event the inlet bay can be used as follows: 1) a portable FLEX pump will be staged in the turbine pedestal and protected from missiles and will be aligned to take suction from the CW inlet bay (capacity approximately 530,000 gallons of stored volume with continuous makeup at normal lade level), 2) this will be supplied directly to the SDAFW pump via a fire hose, 3) this action will have an approximate time of 1 hour to prevent SG dryout, and 4) RNP will supply sufficient equipment to meet the N+ 1 requirement.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that: 1) prior to re-energizing the battery chargers procedures will require opening the normal supply breaker to the chargers, 2) portable cable will be connected form the FLEX generator to a receptacle on the individual chargers 3) administrative controls will be used to unsure electrical isolation will be maintained such that Class 1 E equipment is protected from faults in portable equipment and multiple sources do not attempt to power electrical busses, and 4) procedures will direct manipulations (rack out, open) operations of control power supplies and breaker switches in the MCB. During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers.
In the August 2013 six-month update, the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration. The license stated that they plan on installing the low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals in the upcoming outage, and with this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. Additionally, in Phase 3, the 480 VAG busses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The licensee also stated that the charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2, and that the borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility. RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks.
This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment.
The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned.
Insufficient information has been provided by the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of protection as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.8.A in Section 4.1. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to electrical power sources/isolations and interactions, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Also, the consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Revision 0                                   Page 46 of 60                             2014-01-24
3.2.4.9 Portable Equipment Fuel NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part: The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.
 
Revision 0 Page 47 of 60 2014-01-24 NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.3, initial condition (5) states: Fuel for FLEX equipment stored in structures with designs which are robust with respect to seismic events, floods and high winds and associated missiles, remains available.
Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.7.A in Section 4.2.
On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to support the implemented strategies used during Phase 2, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed. The licensee also stated that since the emergency diesel generators (EDG) will not be available during the BDBEE, the fuel oil tanks can be used to replenish the fuel tanks of the portable equipment used during Phase 2. Additionally, the licensee stated that RNP has several onsite fuel oil storage tanks; the Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (DFOSTs) and the Auxiliary Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (AFOSTs), but none are protected from all external hazards. The licensee stated that since the tanks are sufficiently separate from one other, they can be credited as being in diverse locations, unlikely to suffer from a common failure. Additionally, the licensee stated that though the inventory can be credited, the fuel currently cannot be easily retrieved under loss of power, and that RNP will acquire a fuel pumping vehicle/trailer that can be used to extract and deliver fuel oil from the tanks on site to staged FLEX equipment staged at various plant locations.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to makeup water sources, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis regarding the statement that although fuel tanks are not protected from all hazards, they are sufficiently separate from one other, can be credited as being in diverse locations, and are unlikely to suffer from a common failure, or damage from seismic, flood or high wind hazards, and to also specify fuel supply tank capacities and the flow paths for the fuel oil associated with the diesel-driven pumps. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding fuel tanks: 1) all FLEX equipment will be stored fully fueled, 2) initial diesel fuel for refueling will come from two 500 gallon diesel fuel trailers that will be stored in the FLEX storage facility that is protected from applicable hazards, 3) replacement fuel is available from the AFOSTs (protected for missile hazards and containing approximately 3,000 gallons) located on the third floor of the rad waste building in a robust area and can be gravity drained to the fuel trailers.
3.2.4.8 Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part:
Additionally, fuel can be drained or pumped via the DFOST (Technical Specification  
The use of portable equipment to charge batteries or locally energize equipment may be needed under ELAP/LUHS conditions. Appropriate electrical isolations and interactions should be addressed in procedures/guidance.
{TS) source for the emergency diesel generators (EDGs) -approximately 19,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers.
The licensee provided a strategy for connection of portable 480 VAC generators to re-power 480 VAC switchgear E1 or E2. The licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding adequate electrical isolation between the plant generators and the portable equipment. During the audit process, the licensee stated that: 1) prior to re-energizing the battery chargers procedures will require opening the normal supply breaker to the chargers, 2) portable cable will be connected form the FLEX generator to a receptacle on the individual chargers 3) administrative controls will be used to unsure electrical isolation will be maintained such that Class 1E equipment is protected from faults in portable equipment and multiple sources do not attempt to power electrical busses, and 4) procedures will direct manipulations (rack out, open) operations of control power supplies and breaker switches in the MCB.
The licensee also stated that fuel can also be gravity drained or pumped using the diesel powered pumps on the refueling trailers from the combustion turbine fuel tanks (14,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers, and that this is also a TS source for the EDGs. Additionally, the licensee stated that all supply sources are located above ground, and fuel quality is assured through routine sampling and normal usage and replenishment.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers. This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment. Insufficient information has been provided by the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of protection as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.8.A in Section 4.1.
The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to electrical power sources/isolations and interactions, if these requirements are implemented as described.
This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.9.A in Section 4.2. On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to allow for coping through Phase 3, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed, and that provisions will be made for an offsite fuel delivery to RNP before all onsite fuel is depleted.
3.2.4.9 Portable Equipment Fuel NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part:
The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.
Revision 0                                 Page 47 of 60                                 2014-01-24
 
NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.3, initial condition (5) states:
Fuel for FLEX equipment stored in structures with designs which are robust with respect to seismic events, floods and high winds and associated missiles, remains available.
On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to support the implemented strategies used during Phase 2, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed. The licensee also stated that since the emergency diesel generators (EDG) will not be available during the BDBEE, the fuel oil tanks can be used to replenish the fuel tanks of the portable equipment used during Phase 2. Additionally, the licensee stated that RNP has several onsite fuel oil storage tanks; the Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (DFOSTs) and the Auxiliary Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (AFOSTs), but none are protected from all external hazards.
The licensee stated that since the tanks are sufficiently separate from one other, they can be credited as being in diverse locations, unlikely to suffer from a common failure. Additionally, the licensee stated that though the inventory can be credited, the fuel currently cannot be easily retrieved under loss of power, and that RNP will acquire a fuel pumping vehicle/trailer that can be used to extract and deliver fuel oil from the tanks on site to staged FLEX equipment staged at various plant locations.
The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis regarding the statement that although fuel tanks are not protected from all hazards, they are sufficiently separate from one other, can be credited as being in diverse locations, and are unlikely to suffer from a common failure, or damage from seismic, flood or high wind hazards, and to also specify fuel supply tank capacities and the flow paths for the fuel oil associated with the diesel-driven pumps. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding fuel tanks: 1) all FLEX equipment will be stored fully fueled, 2) initial diesel fuel for refueling will come from two 500 gallon diesel fuel trailers that will be stored in the FLEX storage facility that is protected from applicable hazards, 3) replacement fuel is available from the AFOSTs (protected for missile hazards and containing approximately 3,000 gallons) located on the third floor of the rad waste building in a robust area and can be gravity drained to the fuel trailers. Additionally, fuel can be drained or pumped via the DFOST (Technical Specification {TS) source for the emergency diesel generators (EDGs) -approximately 19,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers. The licensee also stated that fuel can also be gravity drained or pumped using the diesel powered pumps on the refueling trailers from the combustion turbine fuel tanks (14,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers, and that this is also a TS source for the EDGs. Additionally, the licensee stated that all supply sources are located above ground, and fuel quality is assured through routine sampling and normal usage and replenishment. The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment. This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.9.A in Section 4.2.
On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to allow for coping through Phase 3, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed, and that provisions will be made for an offsite fuel delivery to RNP before all onsite fuel is depleted.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to portable equipment fuel, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to portable equipment fuel, if these requirements are implemented as described.
Revision 0 Page 48 of 60 2014-01-24 3.2.4.1 0 Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (6) states: Plant procedures/guidance should identify loads that need to be stripped from the plant de buses (both Class 1 E and non-Class 1 E) for the purpose of conserving de power. DC power is needed in an ELAP for such loads as shutdown system instrumentation, control systems, and de backed AOVs and MOVs. Emergency lighting may also be powered by safety-related batteries.
Revision 0                                   Page 48 of 60                                 2014-01-24
However, for many plants, this lighting may have been supplemented by Appendix R and security lights, thereby allowing the emergency lighting load to be eliminated.
 
ELAP procedures/guidance should direct operators to conserve de power during the event by stripping nonessential loads as soon as practical.
3.2.4.1 0 Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (6) states:
Early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1 E batteries.
Plant procedures/guidance should identify loads that need to be stripped from the plant de buses (both Class 1E and non-Class 1E) for the purpose of conserving de power.
In certain circumstances, AFW/HPCI /RCIC operation may be extended by throttling flow to a constant rate, rather than by stroking valves in open-shut cycles. Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications.
DC power is needed in an ELAP for such loads as shutdown system instrumentation, control systems, and de backed AOVs and MOVs. Emergency lighting may also be powered by safety-related batteries. However, for many plants, this lighting may have been supplemented by Appendix R and security lights, thereby allowing the emergency lighting load to be eliminated. ELAP procedures/guidance should direct operators to conserve de power during the event by stripping nonessential loads as soon as practical. Early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1E batteries. In certain circumstances, AFW/HPCI /RCIC operation may be extended by throttling flow to a constant rate, rather than by stroking valves in open-shut cycles.
Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition.
Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications. Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition.
On pages 5-7 of the Integrated Plan the license specified that at 5-7 hours; restore power to the safety battery chargers, using a portable generator, and that this must be completed prior to battery depletion (at 8 hours) and after or simultaneously with re-powering the battery room exhaust fans (for hydrogen buildup).
On pages 5-7 of the Integrated Plan the license specified that at 5-[[estimated NRC review hours::7 hours]]; restore power to the safety battery chargers, using a portable generator, and that this must be completed prior to battery depletion (at [[estimated NRC review hours::8 hours]]) and after or simultaneously with re-powering the battery room exhaust fans (for hydrogen buildup).
On page 44 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the primary strategy for Phase 2 battery coping will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers.
On page 44 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the primary strategy for Phase 2 battery coping will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers. The primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear and subsequently the E1 or E2 switchgear and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed.
The primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear and subsequently the E1 or E2 switchgear and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed. The licensee also stated that E1 or E2 provide power to the 480V MCC's that supply the battery chargers and essential instrument busses, and that one portable generator will be capable of providing approximately 130kW to power two battery chargers and room ventilation fans. The licensee also stated that the secondary method for powering the battery chargers is to power them directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection.
The licensee also stated that E1 or E2 provide power to the 480V MCC's that supply the battery chargers and essential instrument busses, and that one portable generator will be capable of providing approximately 130kW to power two battery chargers and room ventilation fans. The licensee also stated that the secondary method for powering the battery chargers is to power them directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection. When powering only one battery charger by a manual transfer switch, the diesel generator must provide 60kW. Additionally, the licensee stated that permanent cables and raceways will need to be installed to make cable deployment directly to the battery chargers feasible, and that cables can be connected by utilizing a quick connect system.
When powering only one battery charger by a manual transfer switch, the diesel generator must provide 60kW. Additionally, the licensee stated that permanent cables and raceways will need to be installed to make cable deployment directly to the battery chargers feasible, and that cables can be connected by utilizing a quick connect system. On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the strategy for Phase 3 battery coping will be the continuation of the Phase 2 strategy and will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers.
On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the strategy for Phase 3 battery coping will be the continuation of the Phase 2 strategy and will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers. The licensee also stated that the strategy for powering the battery chargers will continue to consist of modifying the current 480V switchgear (E1 or E2) and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection Revision 0                                 Page 49 of 60                                 2014-01-24
The licensee also stated that the strategy for powering the battery chargers will continue to consist of modifying the current 480V switchgear (E1 or E2) and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection Revision 0 Page 49 of 60 2014-01-24 points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. Additionally, the licensee stated that diesel fuel will be delivered to the site to allow for the continued use of Phase 2 generators/strategy of repowering batteries.
The licensee has not completed a (formal) load shed strategy for prolonging station battery life. The licensee specified that early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1 E batteries.
Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications.
Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition.
In the August 2013 status update, the licensee stated that, in lieu of installing additional supplemental batteries as backup to the existing vital batteries, RNP is installing a FLEX power connection point to each of the 4 station battery chargers that can be quickly connected to one of two diesel generators that will be staged in their protected deployed positions.
The licensee also stated that preliminary ELAP battery coping analysis indicates there is sufficient time to accomplish this strategy when all equipment and connections are pre-staged.
The licensee was requested to provide a formal loadshed analysis to address the issues stated above regarding time of battery recharging, and the time requirements for switching between installed battery chargers and the diesel generator.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that a formal load shed analysis is documented in Calculation RNP-E-6.032, and that the revised strategy is tore-power the battery chargers using portable generators connected directly to the chargers.
The licensee noted that the loadshed calculation demonstrated that the 'A' vital battery has 3 hrs. 45 min. of coping time and the 'B' vital battery has 3 hrs. 15 min. of coping time, and that this is sufficient time to connect the diesel generator to the battery chargers located approximately 120 ft. away on the same elevation, via one passageway and three doors. During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide the following information with regard to the load shedding of the de busses in order to conserve battery capacity:
: a. Provide the de load profile for the mitigation strategies to maintain core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool cooling during all modes of operation.
Also describe any load shedding that is assumed to occur and the actions necessary to complete each load shed. Also provide a detailed discussion on the loads that will be shed from the de bus, the equipment location (or location where the required action needs to be taken), and the required operator actions needed to be performed and the time to complete each action. In your response, explain which functions are lost as a result of shedding each load and discuss any impact on defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy.
: b. Identify any plant components that will change state if vital ac or de power is lost or energized during the load shed. The NRC is particularly interested in whether a safety hazard is introduced, such as de-energizing the de-powered seal oil pump for the main generator and allowing hydrogen to escape, which could contribute to risk of fire or explosion in the vicinity from the uncooled main turbine bearings.
: c. Identify de breakers that must be opened as a part of the load shed evolution.
: d. Identify whether the de breakers that must be opened will be physically identified by special markings to assist operators in manipulating the correct breakers.
: e. Also, provide the minimum voltage that must be maintained and the basis for the minimum voltage on the de bus. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following response:
Revision 0 Page 50 of 60 2014-01-24 
: a. It is currently planned to expand the current load shedding as listed in EPP-1 "Loss of All AC Power." All loadshed activities will be performed in the same areas required by the current strategy.
A detailed analysis has not been completed to determine the overall impact to defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy nor an assessment of the additional times required to completer these actions. This will be the subject of a future six-month update b. An analysis has not been completed for assessing any safety hazards introduced by the additional load shedding.
Regarding the main generator hydrogen leakage, the de air side seal oil backup pump is powered from the 'C' station battery, which is not involved in current of planned loads shedding strategies.
Regarding the main generator hydrogen issue in an ELAP, RNP has an existing emergency operating procedure to vent the main generator to atmosphere in loss of an ac power event. The RNP turbine building is not an enclosed structure.
: c. A listing of de breakers that will be opened for load shedding is provided in Calculation RNP-E-6.032.
: d. All involved circuits have identification labels. The use of special markings for FLEX equipment and related strategies is planned and will be the subject of a future six-month update e. The minimum voltage at the battery bus during its discharge cycle will be at or above the voltage required to assure operation of the instrument inverters.
The inverter output minimum bus voltage from vital battery 'A' is 105.9 VDC and for vital battery 'B' is 106.2 VDC. The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.1 O.A in section 4.1 . The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to load reduction to conserve de power, if these requirements are implemented as described.


===3.3 PROGRAMMATIC===
points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. Additionally, the licensee stated that diesel fuel will be delivered to the site to allow for the continued use of Phase 2 generators/strategy of repowering batteries.
The licensee has not completed a (formal) load shed strategy for prolonging station battery life.
The licensee specified that early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1E batteries. Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications. Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition. In the August 2013 status update, the licensee stated that, in lieu of installing additional supplemental batteries as backup to the existing vital batteries, RNP is installing a FLEX power connection point to each of the 4 station battery chargers that can be quickly connected to one of two diesel generators that will be staged in their protected deployed positions. The licensee also stated that preliminary ELAP battery coping analysis indicates there is sufficient time to accomplish this strategy when all equipment and connections are pre-staged. The licensee was requested to provide a formal loadshed analysis to address the issues stated above regarding time of battery recharging, and the time requirements for switching between installed battery chargers and the diesel generator.
During the audit process, the licensee stated that a formal load shed analysis is documented in Calculation RNP-E-6.032, and that the revised strategy is tore-power the battery chargers using portable generators connected directly to the chargers. The licensee noted that the loadshed calculation demonstrated that the 'A' vital battery has 3 hrs. 45 min. of coping time and the 'B' vital battery has 3 hrs. 15 min. of coping time, and that this is sufficient time to connect the diesel generator to the battery chargers located approximately 120 ft. away on the same elevation, via one passageway and three doors.
During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide the following information with regard to the load shedding of the de busses in order to conserve battery capacity:
: a. Provide the de load profile for the mitigation strategies to maintain core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool cooling during all modes of operation. Also describe any load shedding that is assumed to occur and the actions necessary to complete each load shed. Also provide a detailed discussion on the loads that will be shed from the de bus, the equipment location (or location where the required action needs to be taken),
and the required operator actions needed to be performed and the time to complete each action. In your response, explain which functions are lost as a result of shedding each load and discuss any impact on defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy.
: b. Identify any plant components that will change state if vital ac or de power is lost or de-energized during the load shed. The NRC is particularly interested in whether a safety hazard is introduced, such as de-energizing the de-powered seal oil pump for the main generator and allowing hydrogen to escape, which could contribute to risk of fire or explosion in the vicinity from the uncooled main turbine bearings.
: c. Identify de breakers that must be opened as a part of the load shed evolution.
: d. Identify whether the de breakers that must be opened will be physically identified by special markings to assist operators in manipulating the correct breakers.
: e. Also, provide the minimum voltage that must be maintained and the basis for the minimum voltage on the de bus.
During the audit process, the licensee provided the following response:
Revision 0                                    Page 50 of 60                              2014-01-24
: a. It is currently planned to expand the current load shedding as listed in EPP-1 "Loss of All AC Power." All loadshed activities will be performed in the same areas required by the current strategy. A detailed analysis has not been completed to determine the overall impact to defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy nor an assessment of the additional times required to completer these actions. This will be the subject of a future six-month update
: b. An analysis has not been completed for assessing any safety hazards introduced by the additional load shedding. Regarding the main generator hydrogen leakage, the de air side seal oil backup pump is powered from the 'C' station battery, which is not involved in current of planned loads shedding strategies. Regarding the main generator hydrogen issue in an ELAP, RNP has an existing emergency operating procedure to vent the main generator to atmosphere in loss of an ac power event. The RNP turbine building is not an enclosed structure.
: c. A listing of de breakers that will be opened for load shedding is provided in Calculation RNP-E-6.032.
: d. All involved circuits have identification labels. The use of special markings for FLEX equipment and related strategies is planned and will be the subject of a future six-month update
: e. The minimum voltage at the battery bus during its discharge cycle will be at or above the voltage required to assure operation of the instrument inverters. The inverter output minimum bus voltage from vital battery 'A' is 105.9 VDC and for vital battery 'B' is 106.2 VDC.
The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.1 O.A in section 4.1 .
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to load reduction to conserve de power, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.3   PROGRAMMATIC CONTROLS 3.3.1 Equipment Maintenance and Testing NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, the paragraph following Guideline (15) states in part:
In order to assure reliability and availability of the FLEX equipment required to meet these capabilities, the site should have sufficient equipment to address all functions at all units on-site, plus one additional spare, i.e., an N+ 1 capability, where "N" is the number of units on-site. Thus, a two-unit site would nominally have at least three portable pumps, three sets of portable ac/dc power supplies, three sets of hoses & cables, etc. It is also acceptable to have a single resource that is sized to support the required functions for multiple units at a site (e.g., a single pump capable of all water supply functions for a dual unit site). In this case, the N+ 1 could simply involve a second pump of equivalent capability. In addition, it is also acceptable to have multiple strategies to accomplish a function (e.g., two separate means to repower instrumentation). In this case the Revision 0                                  Page 51 of 60                                  2014-01-24


CONTROLS 3.3.1 Equipment Maintenance and Testing NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, the paragraph following Guideline (15) states in part: In order to assure reliability and availability of the FLEX equipment required to meet these capabilities, the site should have sufficient equipment to address all functions at all units on-site, plus one additional spare, i.e., an N+ 1 capability, where "N" is the number of units on-site. Thus, a two-unit site would nominally have at least three portable pumps, three sets of portable ac/dc power supplies, three sets of hoses & cables, etc. It is also acceptable to have a single resource that is sized to support the required functions for multiple units at a site (e.g., a single pump capable of all water supply functions for a dual unit site). In this case, the N+ 1 could simply involve a second pump of equivalent capability.
equipment associated with each strategy does not require N+ 1. The existing 50.54(hh)(2) pump and supplies can be counted toward the N+ 1, provided it meets the functional and storage requirements outlined in this guide. The N+ 1 capability applies to the portable FLEX equipment described in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 (i.e., that equipment that directly supports maintenance of the key safety functions). Other FLEX support equipment only requires anN capability.
In addition, it is also acceptable to have multiple strategies to accomplish a function (e.g., two separate means to repower instrumentation).
NEI 12-06, Section 11.5 states:
In this case the Revision 0 Page 51 of 60 2014-01-24 equipment associated with each strategy does not require N+ 1. The existing 50.54(hh)(2) pump and supplies can be counted toward the N+ 1, provided it meets the functional and storage requirements outlined in this guide. The N+ 1 capability applies to the portable FLEX equipment described in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 (i.e., that equipment that directly supports maintenance of the key safety functions).
: 1. FLEX mitigation equipment should be initially tested or other reasonable means used to verify performance conforms to the limiting FLEX requirements. Validation of source manufacturer quality is not required.
Other FLEX support equipment only requires anN capability.
: 2. Portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for the core, containment, or SFP should be subject to maintenance and testing guidance provided in INPO AP 913, Equipment Reliability Process, to verify proper function. The maintenance program should ensure that the FLEX equipment reliability is being achieved. Standard industry templates (e.g.,
NEI 12-06, Section 11.5 states: 1. FLEX mitigation equipment should be initially tested or other reasonable means used to verify performance conforms to the limiting FLEX requirements.
EPRI) and associated bases will be developed to define specific maintenance and testing including the following:
Validation of source manufacturer quality is not required.  
: a. Periodic testing and frequency should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. Testing should be done to verify design requirements and/or basis. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.
: 2. Portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for the core, containment, or SFP should be subject to maintenance and testing guidance provided in INPO AP 913, Equipment Reliability Process, to verify proper function.
: b. Preventive maintenance should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.
The maintenance program should ensure that the FLEX equipment reliability is being achieved.
: c. Existing work control processes may be used to control maintenance and testing. (e.g., PM Program, Surveillance Program, Vendor Contracts, and work orders).
Standard industry templates (e.g., EPRI) and associated bases will be developed to define specific maintenance and testing including the following:  
: 3. The unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP should be managed such that risk to mitigating strategy capability is minimized.
: a. Periodic testing and frequency should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. Testing should be done to verify design requirements and/or basis. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.  
: a. The unavailability of installed plant equipment is controlled by existing plant processes such as the Technical Specifications. When installed plant equipment which supports FLEX strategies becomes unavailable, then the FLEX strategy affected by this unavailability does not need to be maintained during the unavailability.
: b. Preventive maintenance should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.  
: b. Portable equipment may be unavailable for 90 days provided that the site FLEX capability (N) is available.
: c. Existing work control processes may be used to control maintenance and testing. (e.g., PM Program, Surveillance Program, Vendor Contracts, and work orders). 3. The unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP should be managed such that risk to mitigating strategy capability is minimized.
Revision 0 a. The unavailability of installed plant equipment is controlled by existing plant processes such as the Technical Specifications.
When installed plant equipment which supports FLEX strategies becomes unavailable, then the FLEX strategy affected by this unavailability does not need to be maintained during the unavailability.  
: b. Portable equipment may be unavailable for 90 days provided that the site FLEX capability (N) is available.  
: c. Connections to permanent equipment required for FLEX strategies can be unavailable for 90 days provided alternate capabilities remain functional.
: c. Connections to permanent equipment required for FLEX strategies can be unavailable for 90 days provided alternate capabilities remain functional.
Page 52 of 60 2014-01-24
Revision 0                                Page 52 of 60                               2014-01-24
: d. Portable equipment that is expected to be unavailable for more than 90 days or expected to be unavailable during forecast site specific external events (e.g., hurricane) should be supplemented with alternate suitable equipment.  
: d. Portable equipment that is expected to be unavailable for more than 90 days or expected to be unavailable during forecast site specific external events (e.g., hurricane) should be supplemented with alternate suitable equipment.
: e. The short duration of equipment unavailability, discussed above, does not constitute a loss of reasonable protection from a diverse storage location protection strategy perspective.  
: e. The short duration of equipment unavailability, discussed above, does not constitute a loss of reasonable protection from a diverse storage location protection strategy perspective.
: f. If portable equipment becomes unavailable such that the site FLEX capability (N) is not maintained, initiate actions within 24 hours to restore the site FLEX capability (N) and implement compensatory measures (e.g., use of alternate suitable equipment or supplemental personnel) within 72 hours. On pages 8 and 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment with design, storage, maintenance, testing, and configuration control in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5. Installed structures, systems and components pursuant to 1 0 CFR 50.63(a) will continue to meet the augmented guidelines of NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155, "Station Blackout." The licensee also stated that unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly perform a FLEX mitigation strategy will be managed using plant equipment control guidelines developed in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5. The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to maintenance and testing of FLEX equipment is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved generically through the NRC endorsement of the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13276A573).
: f. If portable equipment becomes unavailable such that the site FLEX capability (N) is not maintained, initiate actions within [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] to restore the site FLEX capability (N) and implement compensatory measures (e.g., use of alternate suitable equipment or supplemental personnel) within [[estimated NRC review hours::72 hours]].
The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML 13276A224).
On pages 8 and 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment with design, storage, maintenance, testing, and configuration control in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5. Installed structures, systems and components pursuant to 10 CFR 50.63(a) will continue to meet the augmented guidelines of NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155, "Station Blackout." The licensee also stated that unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly perform a FLEX mitigation strategy will be managed using plant equipment control guidelines developed in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5.
This Generic Concern involves clarification of how licensees would maintain FLEX equipment such that it would be readily available for use. The technical report provided sufficient basis to resolve this concern by describing a database that licensees could use to develop preventative maintenance programs for FLEX equipment.
The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to maintenance and testing of FLEX equipment is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved generically through the NRC endorsement of the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A573). The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A224).
The database describes maintenance tasks and maintenance intervals that have been evaluated as sufficient to provide for the readiness of the FLEX equipment.
This Generic Concern involves clarification of how licensees would maintain FLEX equipment such that it would be readily available for use. The technical report provided sufficient basis to resolve this concern by describing a database that licensees could use to develop preventative maintenance programs for FLEX equipment. The database describes maintenance tasks and maintenance intervals that have been evaluated as sufficient to provide for the readiness of the FLEX equipment. The NRC staff has determined that the technical report provides an acceptable approach for developing a program for maintaining FLEX equipment in a ready-to-use status. The NRC staff will evaluate the resulting program through the audit and inspection processes.
The NRC staff has determined that the technical report provides an acceptable approach for developing a program for maintaining FLEX equipment in a use status. The NRC staff will evaluate the resulting program through the audit and inspection processes.
At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing. As such, resolution of this concern is identified as Open Item 3.3.1.A in Section 4.1.
At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing. As such, resolution of this concern is identified as Open Item 3.3.1.A in Section 4.1. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0 Page 53 of 60 2014-01-24 requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to maintenance and testing, if these requirements are implemented as described.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0                                   Page 53 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
====3.3.2 Configuration====


Control NEI 12-06, Section 11.8 states: 1. The FLEX strategies and basis will be maintained in an overall program document.
requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to maintenance and testing, if these requirements are implemented as described.
This program document will also contain a historical record of previous strategies and the basis for changes. The document will also contain the basis for the ongoing maintenance and testing programs chosen for the FLEX equipment.  
3.3.2 Configuration Control NEI 12-06, Section 11.8 states:
: 2. Existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies.  
: 1. The FLEX strategies and basis will be maintained in an overall program document. This program document will also contain a historical record of previous strategies and the basis for changes. The document will also contain the basis for the ongoing maintenance and testing programs chosen for the FLEX equipment.
: 2. Existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies.
: 3. Changes to FLEX strategies may be made without prior NRC approval provided:
: 3. Changes to FLEX strategies may be made without prior NRC approval provided:
a) The revised FLEX strategy meets the requirements of this guideline.
a) The revised FLEX strategy meets the requirements of this guideline.
b) An engineering basis is documented that ensures that the change in FLEX strategy continues to ensure the key safety functions (core and SFP cooling, containment integrity) are met. On page 9 of the integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the FLEX strategies and will be maintained in overall FLEX basis documents, and that existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.8. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to configuration control, if these requirements are implemented as described.  
b) An engineering basis is documented that ensures that the change in FLEX strategy continues to ensure the key safety functions (core and SFP cooling, containment integrity) are met.
On page 9 of the integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the FLEX strategies and will be maintained in overall FLEX basis documents, and that existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.8.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to configuration control, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.3.3 Training NEI 12-06, Section 11.6, Training, states:
: 1. Programs and controls should be established to assure personnel proficiency in the mitigation of beyond-design-basis events is developed and maintained.
These programs and controls should be implemented in accordance with an accepted training process.
: 2. Periodic training should be provided to site emergency response leaders on beyond design-basis emergency response strategies and implementing guidelines. Operator training for beyond-design-basis event accident mitigation should not be given undue weight in comparison with other training Revision 0                                  Page 54 of 60                              2014-01-24


====3.3.3 Training====
requirements. The testing/evaluation of Operator knowledge and skills in this area should be similarly weighted.
NEI 12-06, Section 11.6, Training, states: 1. Programs and controls should be established to assure personnel proficiency in the mitigation of beyond-design-basis events is developed and maintained.
: 3. Personnel assigned to direct the execution of mitigation strategies for beyond-design basis events will receive necessary training to ensure familiarity with the associated tasks, considering available job aids, instructions, and mitigating strategy time constraints.
These programs and controls should be implemented in accordance with an accepted training process. 2. Periodic training should be provided to site emergency response leaders on beyond design-basis emergency response strategies and implementing guidelines.
: 4. "ANSI/ANS 3.5, Nuclear Power Plant Simulators for use in Operator Training" certification of simulator fidelity (if used) is considered to be sufficient for the initial stages of the beyond-design-basis external event scenario until the current capability of the simulator model is exceeded. Full scope simulator models will not be upgraded to accommodate FLEX training or drills.
Operator training for beyond-design-basis event accident mitigation should not be given undue weight in comparison with other training Revision 0 Page 54 of 60 2014-01-24 requirements.
: 5. Where appropriate, the integrated FLEX drills should be organized on a team or crew basis and conducted periodically; with all time-sensitive actions to be evaluated over a period of not more than eight years. It is not the intent to connect to or operate permanently installed equipment during these drills and demonstrations.
The testing/evaluation of Operator knowledge and skills in this area should be similarly weighted.  
On page 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that training will be initiated through the Systematic Approach to Training (SAT) process. The licensee also stated that training will be developed and provided to all involved plant personnel based on any procedural changes or new procedures developed to address and identify FLEX activities, and applicable training will be completed prior to the implementation of FLEX.
: 3. Personnel assigned to direct the execution of mitigation strategies for beyond-design basis events will receive necessary training to ensure familiarity with the associated tasks, considering available job aids, instructions, and mitigating strategy time constraints.  
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to training, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 4. "ANSI/ANS 3.5, Nuclear Power Plant Simulators for use in Operator Training" certification of simulator fidelity (if used) is considered to be sufficient for the initial stages of the beyond-design-basis external event scenario until the current capability of the simulator model is exceeded.
3.4 OFF SITE RESOURCES NEI 12-06, Section 12.2 lists the following minimum capabilities for offsite resources for which each licensee should establish the availability of:
Full scope simulator models will not be upgraded to accommodate FLEX training or drills. 5. Where appropriate, the integrated FLEX drills should be organized on a team or crew basis and conducted periodically; with all time-sensitive actions to be evaluated over a period of not more than eight years. It is not the intent to connect to or operate permanently installed equipment during these drills and demonstrations.
: 1) A capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies.
On page 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that training will be initiated through the Systematic Approach to Training (SAT) process. The licensee also stated that training will be developed and provided to all involved plant personnel based on any procedural changes or new procedures developed to address and identify FLEX activities, and applicable training will be completed prior to the implementation of FLEX. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to training, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 2) Off-site equipment procurement, maintenance, testing, calibration, storage, and control.
3.4 OFF SITE RESOURCES NEI 12-06, Section 12.2 lists the following minimum capabilities for offsite resources for which each licensee should establish the availability of: 1) A capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies.  
: 3) A provision to inspect and audit the contractual agreements to reasonably assure the capabilities to deploy the FLEX strategies including unannounced random inspections by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 2) Off-site equipment procurement, maintenance, testing, calibration, storage, and control. 3) A provision to inspect and audit the contractual agreements to reasonably assure the capabilities to deploy the FLEX strategies including unannounced random inspections by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.  
: 4) Provisions to ensure that no single external event will preclude the capability to supply the needed resources to the plant site.
: 4) Provisions to ensure that no single external event will preclude the capability to supply the needed resources to the plant site. 5) Provisions to ensure that the off-site capability can be maintained for the life of the plant. 6) Provisions to revise the required supplied equipment due to changes in the FLEX strategies or plant equipment or equipment obsolescence.  
: 5) Provisions to ensure that the off-site capability can be maintained for the life of the plant.
: 6) Provisions to revise the required supplied equipment due to changes in the FLEX strategies or plant equipment or equipment obsolescence.
: 7) The appropriate standard mechanical and electrical connections need to be specified.
: 7) The appropriate standard mechanical and electrical connections need to be specified.
Revision 0 Page 55 of 60 2014-01-24
Revision 0                                   Page 55 of 60                                   2014-01-24
: 8) Provisions to ensure that the periodic maintenance, periodic maintenance schedule, testing, and calibration of off-site equipment are comparable/consistent with that of similar on-site FLEX equipment.  
: 8) Provisions to ensure that the periodic maintenance, periodic maintenance schedule, testing, and calibration of off-site equipment are comparable/consistent with that of similar on-site FLEX equipment.
: 9) Provisions to ensure that equipment determined to be operational during maintenance or testing is either restored to operational status or replaced with appropriate alternative equipment within 90 days. 1 0) Provision to ensure that reasonable supplies of spare parts for the off-site equipment are readily available if needed. The intent of this provision is to reduce the likelihood of extended equipment maintenance (requiring in excess of 90 days for returning the equipment to operational status). The license's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies (item 1 above), however, insufficient information was provided regarding the remaining items (2 through 10 above). This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.4.A in Section 4.2. The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to off-site resources, if these requirements are implemented as described.
: 9) Provisions to ensure that equipment determined to be unavailable/non-operational during maintenance or testing is either restored to operational status or replaced with appropriate alternative equipment within 90 days.
Revision 0 Page 56 of 60 2014-01-24 4.0 OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS 4.1 OPEN ITEMS Item Number Description Notes 3.2.1.3.A The licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis for assumption 4 from WCAP 17601-P, Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions-Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601-P, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan. 3.2.4.8.A During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers.
: 10) Provision to ensure that reasonable supplies of spare parts for the off-site equipment are readily available if needed. The intent of this provision is to reduce the likelihood of extended equipment maintenance (requiring in excess of 90 days for returning the equipment to operational status).
This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on _portable equipment.
The license's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies (item 1 above), however, insufficient information was provided regarding the remaining items (2 through 10 above). This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.4.A in Section 4.2.
3.2.4.10.A The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3. 3.3.1.A At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing. 4.2 CONFIRMATORY ITEMS Item Number Description Notes 3.1.1.1.A The FLEX equipment storage building and location has not yet been decided. The licensee did not specify the type of BDB storage building, its configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured, or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.
The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to off-site resources, if these requirements are implemented as described.
3.1.1.2.A The licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events. 3.1.1.2.8 The strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building.
Revision 0                                 Page 56 of 60                                 2014-01-24
Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies for seismic events. 3.1.1.2.8 The licensee stated that they would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction.
 
Revision 0 Page 57 of 60 2014-01-24 Item Number Description Notes Engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event. 3.1.1.4.A The licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center. 3.1.5.2.A The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated.
4.0 OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS 4.1 OPEN ITEMS Item Number                               Description                             Notes 3.2.1.3.A   The licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis for assumption 4 from WCAP 17601-P, Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions- Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601-P, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan.
3.2.1.A The licensee was requested to specify which analysis performed in WCAP-17601 is being applied to their plant, and to justify the use of that analysis by identifying and evaluating the important parameters and assumptions demonstrating that they are representative of their plant and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.
3.2.4.8.A   During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers. This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on _portable equipment.
3.2.1.8 The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues is needed. 3.2.1.C The licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection.
3.2.4.10.A   The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3.
A new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability.
3.3.1.A     At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing.
A portable strategy is also being considered.
4.2 CONFIRMATORY ITEMS Item Number                               Description                             Notes 3.1.1.1.A   The FLEX equipment storage building and location has not yet been decided. The licensee did not specify the type of BDB storage building, its configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured, or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. 3.2.1.0 The licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORV for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package. The SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update. 3.2.1.E The licensee was request to discuss the reliability of the SDAFW pump with respect to the following issues: a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be inched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.
3.1.1.2.A   The licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events.
The licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update. Revision 0 Page 58 of 60 2014-01-24 3.2.1.1.A Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation.
3.1.1.2.8   The strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building. Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies for seismic events.
Specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling is needed. 3.2.1.2.A Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g., 1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response.
3.1.1.2.8   The licensee stated that they would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction.
For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No. ML 13211 A 168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis.
Revision 0                             Page 57 of 60                             2014-01-24
 
Item Number                               Description                               Notes Engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event.
3.1.1.4.A   The licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center.
3.1.5.2.A   The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated.
3.2.1.A     The licensee was requested to specify which analysis performed in WCAP-17601 is being applied to their plant, and to justify the use of that analysis by identifying and evaluating the important parameters and assumptions demonstrating that they are representative of their plant and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.
3.2.1.8     The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues is needed.
3.2.1.C     The licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection. A new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability. A portable strategy is also being considered. This will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.1.0     The licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORV for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package. The SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.1.E     The licensee was request to discuss the reliability of the SDAFW pump with respect to the following issues:
a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be inched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.
The licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update.
Revision 0                             Page 58 of 60                               2014-01-24
 
3.2.1.1.A Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. Specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling is needed.
3.2.1.2.A Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g.,
1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response. For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ,"
dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No. ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis.
3.2.1.2.8 If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification.
3.2.1.2.8 If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification.
3.2.1.6.A A confirmatory NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate 24 hours of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value. RNP intends to install low leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation.
3.2.1.6.A A confirmatory NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate [[estimated NRC review hours::24 hours]] of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value. RNP intends to install low leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation. Makeup rates, boration strategies and items are being evaluated and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update.
Makeup rates, boration strategies and items are being evaluated and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update. 3.2.1.6.8 In response the licensee stated that RNP is re-evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy.
3.2.1.6.8 In response the licensee stated that RNP is re-evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy. Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update.
Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update. 3.2.1.8.A The cooldown phase will consider initial boron concentrations, xenon build-in, and decay and shutdown margin (SDM) requirements as defined in NEI 12-06. 8oration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update. 3.2.1.9.A The licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies. Each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available vendor information.
3.2.1.8.A The cooldown phase will consider initial boron concentrations, xenon build-in, and decay and shutdown margin (SDM) requirements as defined in NEI 12-06. 8oration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update.
This will be documented in a future six-month update .. 3.2.3.A The licensee stated that Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877 describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used in this analysis.
3.2.1.9.A The licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies. Each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available vendor information. This will be documented in a future six-month update ..
The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed. Revision 0 Page 59 of 60 2014-01-24 3.2.4.1.A 3.2.4.2.A 3.2.4.2.8 3.2.4.3.A 3.2.4.4.A 3.2.4.7.A 3.2.4.9.A 3.4.A Revision 0 The licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
3.2.3.A   The licensee stated that Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877 describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used in this analysis. The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed.
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components is needed. During the audit process the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments (main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room) related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.
Revision 0                           Page 59 of 60                             2014-01-24
This will be the subject of a future six-month update. The licensee stated that additionally a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed.
This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future month update. The licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified.
The heat tracing is not safety related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update. The staff has reviewed the licensee's communications assessment however confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.
The consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed.
During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update. The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment.
Review of the analysis is needed. The licensee's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies, however the licensee did not address the remaining items 2 through 10 of Section 12.2. Page 60 of 60 2014-01-24 W. Gideon If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Randy Hall, Senior Project Manager in the Mitigating Strategies Directorate, at (301) 415-4032.
Docket No. 50-261


==Enclosures:==
3.2.4.1.A The licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components is needed.
3.2.4.2.A During the audit process the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments (main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room) related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.4.2.8 The licensee stated that additionally a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed. This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.4.3.A The licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified. The heat tracing is not safety related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.4.4.A The staff has reviewed the licensee's communications assessment however confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.
3.2.4.7.A The consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed. During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update.
3.2.4.9.A The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment. Review of the analysis is needed.
3.4.A    The licensee's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies, however the licensee did not address the remaining items 2 through 10 of Section 12.2.
Revision 0                          Page 60 of 60                              2014-01-24


Sincerely, IRA/ Jeremy S. Bowen, Chief Mitigating Strategies Projects Branch Mitigating Strategies Directorate Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Pkg ML13365A284, Letter/ISE ML13365A291, TER ML14027A063 *via e-mail OFFICE       NRR/MSD/MSPB/PM     NRR/MSD/LA             NRR/MSD/SA*         NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC*
: 1. Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report 2. Technical Evaluation Report cc w/encl: Distribution via Listserv DISTRIBUTION:
NAME         RHall               SLent*                 EBowman             JBowen DATE         02/14/14           02/14/14               02/15/14             02/14/14 OFFICE       NRR/MSD/MESB/BC*   N RR/MSD/M RSB/BC*     NRR/MSD/D           NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC NAME         SBailey             SWhaley (SBailey for) JDavis               JBowen DATE         02/14/14           02/14/14               02/19/14             02/19/14}}
PUBLIC LPL2-2 R/F RidsNrrDorllpl2-2 Resource RidsNrrPMRobinson Resource RidsNrrLASLent Resource RidsAcrsAcnw_MaiiCTR Resource RidsRgn2MaiiCenter Resource RHall, NRR/MSD JBowen, NRR/MSD ADAMS Accession Nos. Pkg ML 13365A284, Letter/ISE ML 13365A291, TER ML 14027 A063 *via e-mail OFFICE NRR/MSD/MSPB/PM NRR/MSD/LA NRR/MSD/SA*
NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC*
NAME RHall SLent* EBowman JBowen DATE 02/14/14 02/14/14 02/15/14 02/14/14 OFFICE NRR/MSD/MESB/BC*
N RR/MSD/M RSB/BC* NRR/MSD/D NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC NAME SBailey SWhaley (SBailey for) JDavis JBowen DATE 02/14/14 02/14/14 02/19/14 02/19/14 OFFICIAL RECORD COPY}}

Latest revision as of 00:10, 6 February 2020

Interim Staff Evaluation Regarding Overall Integrated Plan in Response to Order EA-12-049 (Mitigation Strategies)
ML13365A291
Person / Time
Site: Robinson Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 02/19/2014
From: Jeremy Bowen
NRC/NRR/DPR/MSD/MSPB
To: William Gideon
Duke Energy Progress
Lent S, NRR/DPR, 415-1365
Shared Package
ML13365A284 List:
References
TAC MF0720
Download: ML13365A291 (77)
v • d • e


Text

UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 February 19, 2014 Mr. William R. Gideon Site Vice President H.B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant Duke Energy Progress, Inc.

3581 West Entrance Road Hartsville, SC 29550

SUBJECT:

H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT 2 -INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION REGARDING OVERALL INTEGRATED PLAN IN RESPONSE TO ORDER EA-12-049 (MITIGATION STRATEGIES) (TAC NO. MF0720)

Dear Mr. Gideon:

On March 12, 2012, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML12054A736). By letter dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415), Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke, the licensee) submitted its Overall Integrated Plan for H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit No.2 in response to Order EA-12-049. By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243), Duke submitted a six-month update to the Overall Integrated Plan.

Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, 1 the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 at H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in the enclosed Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report.

1 A description of the mitigation strategies audit process may be found at ADAMS Accession No: ML13234A503.

W. Gideon If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Randy Hall, Senior Project Manager in the Mitigating Strategies Directorate, at (301) 415-4032.

Sincerely, Jeremy S. Bowen, Chief Mitigating Strategies Projects Branch Mitigating Strategies Directorate Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket No. 50-261

Enclosures:

1. Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report
2. Technical Evaluation Report cc w/encl: Distribution via Listserv

UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555-0001 INTERIM STAFF EVALUATION AND AUDIT REPORT BY THE OFFICE OF NUCLEAR REACTOR REGULATION RELATED TO ORDER EA-12-049 MODIFYING LICENSES WITH REGARD TO REQUIREMENTS FOR MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR BEYOND-DESIGN-BASIS EXTERNAL EVENTS DUKE ENERGY PROGRESS, INC H.B. ROBINSON STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT, UNIT NO. 2 DOCKET NO. 50-261

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The earthquake and tsunami at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant in March 2011 highlighted the possibility that extreme natural phenomena could challenge the prevention, mitigation and emergency preparedness defense-in-depth layers. At Fukushima, limitations in time and unpredictable conditions associated with the accident significantly challenged attempts by the responders to preclude core damage and containment failure. During the events in Fukushima, the challenges faced by the operators were beyond any faced previously at a commercial nuclear reactor. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) determined that additional requirements needed to be imposed to mitigate beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEE). Accordingly, by letter dated March 12, 2012, the NRC issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 1]. The order directed licensees to develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE.

By letter dated February 26, 2013, [Reference 2], Duke Energy Progress, Inc. (Duke or the licensee) submitted the Overall Integrated Plan (hereafter referred to as the Integrated Plan) for compliance with Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 (Robinson or RNP). The Integrated Plan describes the guidance and strategies under development for implementation by Duke for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE. including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049. As further required by the order, by letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 3], the licensee submitted the first six-month status report since the submittal of the Integrated Plan, describing the progress made in implementing the requirements of the order.

Enclosure 1

2.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION

Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the NRC established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic and methodical review of the NRC's regulations and processes, and with determining whether the agency should make improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi. As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011 [Reference 4]. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders. Documentation of the NRC staff's efforts is contained in SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011 [Reference 5] and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011 [Reference 6].

As directed by the Commission's Staff Requirement Memorandum (SRM) for SECY-11-0093

[Reference 7], the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations. SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the NRC staff's prioritization of the recommendations based upon the potential safety enhancements.

After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124 [Reference 8] and SRM-SECY-11-0137 [Reference 9], the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events. At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in the Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI's) letter, dated December 16, 2011

[Reference 10]. FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors than envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.

On February 17, 2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," [Reference 11] to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies. As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025

[Reference 12], the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events"

[Reference 1].

Order EA-12-049, Attachment i, requires that operating power reactor licensees and construction permit holders use a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and SFP cooling capabilities. The transition phase requires providing sufficient 1

Attachment 3 provides the requirements for Combined License holders

portable, onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from off site. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely. Specific operational requirements of the order are listed below:

1) Licensees or construction permit (CP) holders shall develop, implement, and maintain guidance and strategies to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a beyond-design-basis external event.
2) These strategies must be capable of mitigating a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink

[UHS] and have adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order.

3) Licensees or CP holders must provide reasonable protection for the associated equipment from external events. Such protection must demonstrate that there is adequate capacity to address challenges to core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities at all units on a site subject to the order.
4) Licensees or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes.
5) Full compliance shall include procedures, guidance, training, and acquisition, staging, or installing of equipment needed for the strategies.

On May 4, 2012, NEI submitted document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision B [Reference 13] to provide specifications for an industry developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to the Mitigating Strategies Order. On May 13, 2012, NEI submitted NEI12-06, Revision B1 [Reference 14]. The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEE that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh )(2) in Section 50.54, "Conditions of licenses" of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

On May 31, 2012, the NRC staff issued a draft version of the interim staff guidance (ISG) document, JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," [Reference 15] and published a notice of its availability for public comment in the Federal Register (77 FR 33779), with the comment period running through July 7, 2012. JLD-ISG-2012-01 proposed endorsing NEI12-06, Revision B1, as providing an acceptable method of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049. The NRC staff received seven comments during this time. The NRC staff documented its analysis of these comments in "NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068)" [Reference 16].

On July 3, 2012, NEI submitted comments on JLD-ISG-2012-01, including Revision C to NEI 12-06 [Reference 17], incorporating many of the exceptions and clarifications included in the draft version of the ISG. Following a public meeting held July 26, 2012, to discuss the remaining exceptions and clarifications, on August 21, 2012, NEI submitted Revision 0 to NEI 12-06 [Reference 18].

On August 29, 2012, the NRC staff issued the final version of JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events" [Reference 19], endorsing NEI 12-06, Revision 0, as an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049, and published a notice of its availability in the Federal Register (77 FR 55230).

The NRC staff determined that the overall Integrated Plans submitted by licensees in response to Order EA-12-049,Section IV. C.1.a should follow the guidance in NEI 12-06, Section 13, which states that:

The Overall Integrated Plan should include a complete description of the FLEX strategies, including important operational characteristics. The level of detail generally considered adequate is consistent to the level of detail contained in the Licensee's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR). The plan should provide the following information:

1. Extent to which this guidance, NEI 12-06, is being followed including a description of any alternatives to the guidance, and provide a milestone schedule of planned actions.
2. Description of the strategies and guidance to be developed to meet the requirements contained in Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 of the order.
3. Description of major installed and portable FLEX components used in the strategies, the applicable reasonable protection for the FLEX portable equipment, and the applicable maintenance requirements for the portable equipment.
4. Description of the steps for the development of the necessary procedures, guidance, and training for the strategies; FLEX equipment acquisition, staging or installation, including necessary modifications.
5. Conceptual sketches, as necessary to indicate equipment which is installed or equipment hookups necessary for the strategies. (As-built piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID) will be available upon completion of plant modifications.)
6. Description of how the portable FLEX equipment will be available to be deployed in all modes.

By letter dated August 28, 2013 [Reference 20], the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049. That letter described the process to be used by the staff in its reviews,

leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report for each site. The purpose of the staff's audits is to determine the extent to which licensees are proceeding on a path towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the order. Additional NRC staff review and inspection may be necessary following full implementation of those actions to verify licensees' compliance with the order.

3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION

The NRC staff contracted with Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) for technical support in the evaluation of the Integrated Plan for Robinson, submitted by Duke's letter dated February 26, 2013, as further supplemented. NRC and MTS staff have reviewed the submitted information and held clarifying discussions with Duke in evaluating the licensee's plans for addressing BDBEEs and its progress towards implementing those plans.

A simplified description of the RNP Integrated Plan to mitigate the postulated extended loss of ac power (ELAP) event is as follows: the licensee will initially remove the core decay heat by adding water to the steam generators (SGs) and releasing steam from the SGs through the SG pressure operated relief valves (PORVs). The water will initially be added by the steam-driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump, taking suction from the condensate storage tank (CST).

When the SDAFW pump can no longer be operated reliably, a portable SG FLEX pump will be used to add water to the SGs. CST makeup is provided by a FLEX pump taking suction from Lake Robinson (the UHS) or the discharge canal. If the CST is not available, the SDAFW or SG FLEX pump will be aligned to take suction from the circulating water inlet basin. RNP plans to use low-leakage seals on the reactor coolant pumps (RCPs), which will delay the need for RCS makeup. A portable diesel-powered high pressure pump will be available to provide borated RCS makeup from the Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) or a portable boration tank, as needed.

Two FLEX diesel generators (DGs) will be available to provide power to 480 VAC busses and to the installed battery chargers to keep the necessary ac and direct current (de) loads energized.

In the long-term, additional equipment, such as 4160 volt ac generators, will be delivered from the Regional Response Center (RRC) to support Phase 3 strategies.

During an ELAP event, normal cooling to the SFP will be lost and the SFP water may reach the boiling point, but even for the worst case, it would take more than a day to boil down to the top of the fuel assemblies. A portable FLEX pump will be connected to hoses and used to inject water from the UHS or the discharge canal, either directly into the pool or through spray nozzles on the refuel floor. This injection capability will ensure that a sufficient volume of water remains above the top of the stored fuel assemblies in the SFP at all times. An alternate strategy for SFP cooling relies on injecting through the installed SFP piping with the SFP FLEX pump taking suction from diverse sources including the RWST or discharge canal.

RNP has a large dry containment building, which contains the reactor vessel and the RCS. The use of low-leakage RCP seals will limit the leakage inside the containment; therefore, containment pressure and temperature are anticipated to remain within acceptable limits and substantial time is available for delivery of the RRC equipment and implementation of long-term strategies to maintain containment, if needed. The licensee plans to perform an additional containment analysis to verify this conclusion.

4.0 OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS This section contains a summary of the open and confirmatory items identified as part of the technical evaluation. The NRC and MTS have assigned certain review items to one of the following categories:

Open item - an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis for NRC to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution. The intent behind designating an issue as an open item is to document significant items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process.

Confirmatory item -an item that the NRC considers conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete. These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with order EA-12-049.

As discussed in Section 3.0, above, the NRC staff has reviewed MTS' TER for consistency with NRC policy and technical accuracy and finds that, in general, it accurately reflects the state of completeness of the licensee's Integrated Plan. The open and confirmatory items identified in the TER are listed in the tables below, with some NRC edits made for clarity from the TER version. In addition to the editorial clarifications, Open Items 3.2.1.3.A, 3.3.1.A, and 3.2.4.1 O.A have been reclassified as Confirmatory Items, consistent with the above definitions. Open Item 3.2.1.8.8 on boric acid mixing is added, based on the staff's endorsement of the Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), with several clarifications, which the licensee should address. The NRC endorsement letter is dated January 8, 2014, and is publicly available (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A183). Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.D was incorporated into Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C, as both items address SG PORV functionality. Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1 0.8 was added regarding the evaluation of potential impacts of battery load shedding; this item was discussed in the TER but not explicitly identified as a confirmatory item.

Also the two separate Confirmatory Items numbered 3.1.1.2.8 in the TER were revised and renumbered as Confirmatory Items 3.1.1.2.8.1 and 3.1.1.2.8.2.

Regarding TER Sections 3.2.4.8, Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions, and 3.2.4.1 0, Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power, the licensee plans to pre-stage two FLEX diesel generators in the Reactor Auxiliary Building (seismic Class 1) and provide cabling and connections to directly repower the battery chargers as part of the response strategy. This use of pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative to NEI 12-06. The licensee has not provided sufficient information to demonstrate that the approach meets the NEI 12-06 provisions for portable equipment. Additional information is needed from the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. The NRC staff notes that the use of pre-staged generators rather than conformance to NEI 12-06 places greater reliance on the current state of knowledge of external hazards, which are being re-examined pursuant to NTTF Recommendation 2.1. New information from that effort may necessitate changes in the degree of protection afforded the pre-staged generators and associated equipment in order to maintain the strategies required by Order EA 049. Therefore, in order for the NRC staff to accept this approach to resolving Open Item

3.2.4.8.A, Duke will need to document the proposed method as an alternate to NEI 12-06, along with a stronger justification addressing how the approach maintains the flexibility to respond to an undefined event and provide power to the necessary equipment, in a future submittal update.

The summary tables presented below, revised as discussed, provide a brief description of the issue of concern and represent the NRC's assessment of the open and confirmatory items for RNP under this review. Further details for each open and confirmatory item are provided in the corresponding sections of the TER, identified by the item number.

4.1 Open Items Item Number Description Notes 3.2.1.8.8 Core Sub-Criticality - Verify that RNP will apply the generic resolution for boron mixing under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow, in accordance with the PWROG position paper, dated August 15, 2013, subject to the additional conditions provided in the NRC endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014; or alternatively, justify the boric acid mixing assumptions that will ensure adequate shutdown margin exists through all 3 phases of an ELAP event.

3.2.4.8.A The strategy to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers is an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment. Verify that this strategy provides the equivalent level of flexibility for responding to an undefined event as would be achieved through conformance with the endorsed guidance of NEI 12-06.

4.2 Confirmatory Items Item Number Description Notes 3.1.1.1.A Confirm that the final design of the FLEX equipment storage building and location ensures that FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies will be secured, and that stored equipment and structures will be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.

3.1.1.2.A Confirm that the vehicles and equipment provided for debris removal will be protected from seismic events.

3.1.1.2.8.1 Confirm that all site travel paths and deployment routes for FLEX equipment have been analyzed to ensure survivability following a seismic event.

3.1.1.2.8.2 Confirm that the deployment strategies for FLEX equipment ensure that connection points are protected and that key areas are accessible through seismically robust structures following a seismic event.

3.1.1.3.A Confirm that guidance will be made available to operators on critical actions to perform while establishing alternate indication for

Item Number Description Notes key instruments and on how to control critical equipment without control power.

3.1.1.4.A Off-Site Resources - Confirm the identification of the local staging area, the evaluation of access routes, and the method of transportation to the site for the RRC provided equipment.

3.1.5.2.A Confirm that potential problems with door access, such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals due to high temperature conditions, will be mitigated.

3.2.1.A Confirm that the generic ELAP analyses in WCAP-17601-P, "Reactor Coolant System Response to the Extended Loss of AC Power Event for Westinghouse, Combustion Engineering and Babcock & Wilcox NSSS Designs," (ADAMS Accession Nos.

ML13042A011 and ML13042A013, non-public), are applicable to RNP, and specifically, that the important parameters and assumptions used are representative and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.

3.2.1.8 Confirm that the RNP FLEX mitigation strategies address each of the 7 PWROG recommendations listed in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P. This information should include the rationale for whether each issue is applicable to the plant, how the applicable recommendations have been considered in the ELAP coping analysis, and how they will be implemented in the RNP mitigating strategies.

3.2.1.C Confirm that the SG PORVs will be provided with motive force and adequately protected from hazards so that they can function as required for the RNP mitigating strategies.

3.2.1.E Confirm that the configurations of the SDAFW pump steam traps and mini-flow recirculation line are such that the pump will not be rendered inoperable if the lines are damaged.

3.2.1.1.A Confirm that the application of the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis for RNP is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling.

3.2.1.2.A Confirm that the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate have been addressed in the ELAP analysis for RNP. (Note: The TER, on page 27 of 60, listed an incorrect ADAMS accession number for the August 16, 2013, PWROG position paper on RCP seal leakage; it should be ML13235A151 ).

3.2.1.2.8 If the RCP seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals or non-Westinghouse seals, confirm that acceptable justification is provided for the seal leakage rates used in the revised ELAP analysis for RNP.

3.2.1.3.A Confirm that appropriate methods and assumptions are used in the decay heat calculations for RNP for an ELAP event. This should

Item Number Description Notes include justification for the model and the values used for the key parameters.

3.2.1.6.A Confirm that the revised analyses for makeup rates, boration strategies, and core cooling times based on the use of low leakage RCP seals are adequately justified and appropriately reflected in the sequence of events timeline.

3.2.1.6.8 Confirm that the revised safety injection accumulator isolation strategy will ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection into the RCS.

3.2.1.8.A Confirm that the revised boration strategies ensure that acceptable shutdown margin will be maintained throughout all phases of an ELAP event.

3.2.1.9.A Confirm that the design requirements and supporting analyses for the portable FLEX pumps show that they are capable of performing their respective functions as credited in the mitigating strategies.

3.2.3.A Confirm that the RNP strategies for maintaining containment are consistent with the containment pressure and temperature analysis for all 3 phases of an ELAP event.

3.2.4.1.A Confirm that cooling water will be supplied, as needed, to plant equipment credited to perform a mitigation strategies function under ELAP conditions.

3.2.4.2.A Confirm that actions necessary to ensure equipment functionality and personnel habitability during an ELAP event are appropriately incorporated into the FLEX strategies, based on the analyses of the impact of high temperatures on various areas/compartments

{_main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room).

3.2.4.2.8 Confirm that adequate ventilation is provided to the battery rooms to prevent unacceptable levels of hydrogen accumulation.

3.2.4.3.A Confirm that appropriate actions are implemented to address the loss of heat tracing on instrument lines under ELAP conditions.

3.2.4.4.A The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML12311A299 and ML13058A045) and has determined that the assessment is reasonable (ADAMS Accession No. ML13105A413). Confirm that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.

3.2.4.7.A Confirm that alternate sources of cooling water, such as Lake Robinson or the discharge canal, have been evaluated for the potential impacts of reduced water quality, and that actions to address water quality have been developed, as needed to ensure the successful implementation of the RNP mitigating strategies.

3.2.4.9.A Confirm that the methods and sources for refueling the FLEX equipment are consistent with the analyzed fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment.

3.2.4.10.A Confirm the sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phases 2 and 3.

Item Number Description Notes 3.2.4.10.B Confirm that the ELAP load shed analysis has adequately accounted for the loss of functions and has addressed any impacts on defense in depth and redundancy.

3.3.1.A Confirm that the licensee's implementation of maintenance and testing guidance for FLEX equipment conforms to the generic approach endorsed by the staff, or constitutes an acceptable alternate approach. The generic approach is provided in the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A573). The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A224).

3.4.A Confirm that NEI 12-06, Section 12.2, guidelines 2 through 10, regarding minimum capabilities for offsite resources, have been adequately addressed.

Based on a review of Duke's plan, including the six-month update dated August 28, 2013, and information obtained through the mitigation strategies audit process, the NRC concludes that the licensee has provided sufficient information to determine that there is reasonable assurance that the plan, when properly implemented, will meet the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2. This conclusion is based on the assumption that the licensee will implement the plan as described, including the satisfactory resolution of the open and confirmatory items detailed in this Interim Staff Evaluation and Audit Report.

5.0

SUMMARY

As required by Order EA-12-049, the licensee is developing, and will implement and maintain, guidance and strategies to restore or maintain core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities in the event of a BDBEE. These new requirements provide a greater mitigation capability consistent with the overall defense-in-depth philosophy, and, therefore, greater assurance that the challenges posed by BDBEEs to power reactors do not pose an undue risk to public health and safety.

The NRC's objective in preparing this interim staff evaluation and audit report is to provide a finding to the licensee on whether or not their Integrated Plan, if implemented as described, provides a reasonable path for compliance with the order. For areas where the NRC staff has insufficient information to make this finding (identified above in Section 4.0), the staff will review these areas as they become available or address them as part of the inspection process. The staff notes that the licensee has the ability to modify their plans as stated in NEI 12-06, Section 11.8. However, additional NRC review and/or inspection may be necessary to verify compliance.

The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's plans for additional defense-in-depth measures.

With the exception of the items noted in Section 4.0 above, the staff finds that the proposed measures, properly implemented, will meet the intent of Order EA-12-049, thereby enhancing the licensee's capability to mitigate the consequences of a beyond-design-basis external event that impacts the availability of alternating current power and the ultimate heat sink. Full

compliance with the order will enable the NRC to continue to have reasonable assurance of adequate protection of public health and safety. The staff will issue a safety evaluation confirming compliance with the order and may conduct inspections to verify proper implementation of the licensee's proposed measures.

6.0 REFERENCES

1. Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," March 12, 2012 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML12054A736)
2. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "Overall Integrated Plan in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA 049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated February 26, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415)
3. Letter from Duke Energy Progress, Inc., to NRC, "First Six-Month Status Report in Response to March 12, 2012 Commission Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events (Order Number EA-12-049)," for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2, dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243)
4. SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," July 12, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11186A950)
5. SECY-11-0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," September 9, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11245A158)
6. SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," October 3, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11272A111)
7. SRM-SECY-11-0093, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0093- Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions following the Events in Japan," August 19, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112310021)
8. SRM-SECY-11-0124, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0124- Recommended Actions to be Take without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," October 18, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112911571)
9. SRM-SECY-11-0137, "Staff Requirements- SECY-11-0137- Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned,"

December 15, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML113490055)

10. Letter from Adrian Heymer (NEI) to David L. Skeen (NRC), "An Integrated, Safety-Focused Approach to Expediting Implementation of Fukushima Dai-ichi Lessons Learned," December 16, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11353A008)
11. SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," February 17, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12039A103)
12. SRM-SECY-12-0025, "Staff Requirements- SECY-12-0025- Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," March 9, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML120690347)
13. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)

Implementation Guide," Revision B, May 4, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12144A419)

14. NEI document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)

Implementation Guide," Revision B1, May 13,2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12143A232)

15. Draft JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," May 31, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12146A014)
16. NRC Response to Public Comments, JLD-ISG-2012-01 (Docket ID NRC-2012-0068),

August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12229A253)

17. Nuclear Energy Institute, Comments from Adrian P. Heymer on Draft Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events,", July 3, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML121910390)
18. Nuclear Energy Institute document 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX) Implementation Guide," Revision 0, August 21, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12242A378)
19. Final Interim Staff Guidance JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," August 29, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12229A174)
20. Letter from Jack R. Davis (NRC) to All Operating Reactor Licensees and Holders of Construction Permits, "Nuclear Regulatory Commission Audits of Licensee Responses to Mitigation Strategies Order EA-12-049," August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503)
21. Letter from J. Bowen, MegaTech Services, LLC, to E. Bowman, NRC, "Fourth Batch SE Final Revision 0- 1 Site," dated January 24, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14027A060), submitting the Technical Evaluation Report for the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2.

Principal Contributors: R. Beacom M. McConnell J. Miller B. Heida E. Bowman G. Armstrong S. Gardocki R. Hall Date: February 19, 2014

Enclosure 2 Technical Evaluation Report ADAMS Accession No. ML14027A063

LLC Technical Evaluation Report Related to Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events, EA-12-049 Revision 0 January 24, 2014 Carolina Power and Light (CP&L)

H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Docket No 50-261 Prepared for:

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 Contract N RC-HQ-13-C-03-0039 Task Order No. NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001 Job Code: J4672 TAC No. MF0720 Prepared by:

Mega-Tech Services, LLC 11118 Manor View Drive Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 11118 Manor View Drive

  • Mechanicsville, Virginia 23116 804.789.1577
  • Fax: 804.789.1578 www.mega-techservices.biz

Technical Evaluation Report H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2 Order EA-12-049 Evaluation

1.0 BACKGROUND

Following the events at the Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant on March 11, 2011, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) established a senior-level agency task force referred to as the Near-Term Task Force (NTTF). The NTTF was tasked with conducting a systematic, methodical review of NRC regulations and processes to determine if the agency should make additional improvements to these programs in light of the events at Fukushima Dai-ichi. As a result of this review, the NTTF developed a comprehensive set of recommendations, documented in SECY-11-0093, "Near-Term Report and Recommendations for Agency Actions Following the Events in Japan," dated July 12, 2011. These recommendations were enhanced by the NRC staff following interactions with stakeholders.

Documentation of the staff's efforts is contained in SECY 0124, "Recommended Actions to be Taken without Delay from the Near-Term Task Force Report," dated September 9, 2011, and SECY-11-0137, "Prioritization of Recommended Actions to be Taken in Response to Fukushima Lessons Learned," dated October 3, 2011.

As directed by the Commission's staff requirement memorandum (SAM) for SECY 0093, the NRC staff reviewed the NTTF recommendations within the context of the NRC's existing regulatory framework and considered the various regulatory vehicles available to the NRC to implement the recommendations. SECY-11-0124 and SECY-11-0137 established the staff's prioritization of the recommendations.

After receiving the Commission's direction in SRM-SECY-11-0124 and SRM-SECY-11-0137, the NRC staff conducted public meetings to discuss enhanced mitigation strategies intended to maintain or restore core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool (SFP) cooling capabilities following beyond-design-basis external events (BDBEEs). At these meetings, the industry described its proposal for a Diverse and Flexible Mitigation Capability (FLEX), as documented in Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI) letter, dated December 16, 2011 (Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML11353A008). FLEX was proposed as a strategy to fulfill the key safety functions of core cooling, containment integrity, and spent fuel cooling. Stakeholder input influenced the NRC staff to pursue a more performance-based approach to improve the safety of operating power reactors relative to the approach that was envisioned in NTTF Recommendation 4.2, SECY-11-0124, and SECY-11-0137.

On February 17,2012, the NRC staff provided SECY-12-0025, "Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japan's March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami," to the Commission, including the proposed order to implement the enhanced mitigation strategies. As directed by SRM-SECY-12-0025, the NRC staff issued Order EA-12-049, "Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events."

Guidance and strategies required by the Order would be available if a loss of power, motive force and normal access to the ultimate heat sink needed to prevent fuel damage in the reactor and SFP affected all units at a site simultaneously. The Order requires a three-phase approach for mitigating BDBEEs. The initial phase requires the use of installed equipment and resources Revision 0 Page 2 of 60 2014-01-24

to maintain or restore key safety functions including core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling. The transition phase requires providing sufficient portable onsite equipment and consumables to maintain or restore these functions until they can be accomplished with resources brought from offsite. The final phase requires obtaining sufficient offsite resources to sustain those functions indefinitely.

NEI submitted its document NEI 12-06, "Diverse and Flexible Coping Strategies (FLEX)

Implementation Guide" in August 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12242A378) to provide specifications for an industry-developed methodology for the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in response to Order EA-12-049. The guidance and strategies described in NEI 12-06 expand on those that industry developed and implemented to address the limited set of BDBEEs that involve the loss of a large area of the plant due to explosions and fire required pursuant to paragraph (hh)(2) of 10 CFR 50.54, "Conditions of licenses . "

As described in Interim Staff Guidance (ISG), JLD-ISG-2012-01, "Compliance with Order EA-12-049, Order Modifying Licenses with Regard to Requirements for Mitigation Strategies for Beyond-Design-Basis External Events," the NRC staff considers that the development, implementation, and maintenance of guidance and strategies in conformance with the guidelines provided in NEI 12-06, Revision 0, subject to the clarifications in Attachment 1 of the ISG are an acceptable means of meeting the requirements of Order EA-12-049.

In response to Order EA-12-049, licensees submitted Overall Integrated Plans {hereafter, the Integrated Plan) describing their course of action for mitigation strategies that are to conform with the guidance of NEI 12-06, or provide an acceptable alternative to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Order EA-12-049.

2.0 EVALUATION PROCESS In accordance with the provisions of Contract NRC-HQ-13-C-03-0039, Task Order No.

NRC-HQ-13-T-03-0001, Mega-Tech Services, LLC (MTS) performed an evaluation of each licensee's Integrated Plan. As part of the evaluation, MTS, in parallel with the NRC staff, reviewed the original Integrated Plan and the first 6-month status update, and conducted an audit of the licensee documents. The staff and MTS also reviewed the licensee's answers to the NRC staff's and MTS's questions as part of the audit process. The objective of the evaluation was to assess whether the proposed mitigation strategies conformed to the guidance in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by the positions stated in JLD-ISG-2012-01, or an acceptable alternative had been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049. The audit plan that describes the audit process was provided to all licensees in a letter dated August 29, 2013 from Jack R. Davis, Director, Mitigating Strategies Directorate {ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503).

The review and evaluation of the licensee's Integrated Plan was performed in the following areas consistent with NEI 12-06 and the regulatory guidance of JLD-ISG-2012-01:

  • Evaluation of External Hazards
  • Phased Approach

)o> Initial Response Phase

)o> Transition Phase

)o> Final Phase

  • Core Cooling Strategies Revision 0 Page 3 of 60 2014-01-24
  • SFP Cooling Strategies
  • Containment Function Strategies
  • Programmatic Controls

~ Equipment Protection, Storage, and Deployment

~ Equipment Quality The technical evaluation {TE) in Section 3.0 documents the results of the MTS evaluation and audit results. Section 4.0 summarizes Confirmatory Items and Open Items that require further evaluation before a conclusion can be reached that the Integrated Plan is consistent with the guidance in NEI 12-06 or an acceptable alternative has been proposed that would satisfy the requirements of Order EA-12-049. For the purpose of this evaluation, the following definitions are used for Confirmatory Item and Open Item.

Confirmatory Item - an item that is considered conceptually acceptable, but for which resolution may be incomplete. These items are expected to be acceptable, but are expected to require some minimal follow up review or audit prior to the licensee's compliance with Order EA-12-049.

Open Item - an item for which the licensee has not presented a sufficient basis to determine that the issue is on a path to resolution. The intent behind designating an issue as an Open Item is to document items that need resolution during the review process, rather than being verified after the compliance date through the inspection process.

Additionally, for the purpose of this evaluation and the NRC staff's interim staff evaluation (ISE),

licensee statements, commitments, and references to existing programs that are subject to routine NRC oversight (Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) program, procedure program, quality assurance program, modification configuration control program, etc.) will generally be accepted. For example, references to existing UFSAR information that supports the licensee's overall mitigating strategies plan, will be assumed to be correct, unless there is a specific reason to question its accuracy. Likewise, if a licensee states that they will generate a procedure to implement a specific mitigating strategy, assuming that the procedure would otherwise support the licensee's plan, this evaluation accepts that a proper procedure will be prepared. This philosophy for this evaluation and the ISE does not imply that there are any limits in this area to future NRC inspection activities.

3.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION

By letter dated February 26, 2013, (ADAMS Accession No. ML13071A415) and as supplemented by the first 6-month status report in a letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13252A243) Duke Energy/Carolina Power and Light (CP&L) {hereinafter referred to as the licensee) provided H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant, Unit 2's (RNP)

Integrated Plan for Compliance with Order EA-12-049 for. The Integrated Plan describes the strategies and guidance under development for implementation by the licensee for the maintenance or restoration of core cooling, containment, and SFP cooling capabilities following a BDBEE, including modifications necessary to support this implementation, pursuant to Order EA-12-049. By letter dated August 28, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13234A503), the NRC notified all licensees and construction permit holders that the staff is conducting audits of their responses to Order EA-12-049. That letter described the process used by the NRC staff in its review, leading to the issuance of an interim staff evaluation and audit report. The purpose of the staff's audit is to determine the extent to which the licensees are proceeding on a path Revision 0 Page 4 of 60 2014-01-24

towards successful implementation of the actions needed to achieve full compliance with the Order.

3.1 EVALUATION OF EXTERNAL HAZARDS Sections 4 through 9 of NEI 12-06 provide the NRC-endorsed methodology for the determination of applicable extreme external hazards in order to identify potential complicating factors for the protection and deployment of equipment needed for mitigation of BDBEEs leading to an extended loss of all alternating current (ac) power (ELAP) and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink (UHS). These hazards are broadly grouped into the categories discussed below in Sections 3.1.1 through 3.1.5 of this evaluation. Characterization of the applicable hazards for a specific site includes the identification of realistic timelines for the hazard; characterization of the functional threats due to the hazard; development of a strategy for responding to events with warning; and development of a strategy for responding to events without warning.

3.1.1 Seismic Events NEI 12-06, Section 5.2 states that:

All sites will address BDB [beyond-design-basis] seismic considerations in the implementation of FLEX strategies, as described below. The basis for this is that, while some sites are in areas with lower seismic activity, their design basis generally reflects that lower activity. There are large, and unavoidable, uncertainties in the seismic hazard for all U.S. plants. In order to provide an increased level of safety, the FLEX deployment strategy will address seismic hazards at all sites.

These considerations will be treated in four primary areas: protection of FLEX equipment, deployment of FLEX equipment, procedural interfaces, and considerations in utilizing off-site resources.

On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that per the RNP UFSAR, the site is located in Zone 1 of the Uniform Building Codes' Map and Equal Seismic Probability, which is characterized as a zone of light earthquake activity that would result in minor damage.

Additionally, the dynamic analyses of all seismic Category 1 structures include the operating basis earthquake (OBE) and safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) with design values of maximum horizontal ground acceleration of 0.1 g and 0.2g respectively.

On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the Integrated Plan assumes the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic re-evaluations do not result in changes to the current design basis.

The licensee also stated that it is assumed that the seismic re-evaluation does not adversely impact the equipment that forms a part of the RNP FLEX strategy, and that any changes to the seismic basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.1.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- Seismic Hazard Revision 0 Page 5 of 60 2014-01-24

NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.1 states:

1. FLEX equipment should be stored in one or more of following three configurations:
a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)( e.g., existing safety-related structure).
b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to [American Society of Civil Engineers] ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
c. Outside a structure and evaluated for seismic interactions to ensure equipment is not damaged by non-seismically robust components or structures.
2. Large portable FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies should be secured as appropriate to protect them during a seismic event (i.e., Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) level).
3. Stored equipment and structures should be evaluated and protected from seismic interactions to ensure that unsecured and/or non-seismic components do not damage the equipment.

On page 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that where non-safety, non-seismically designed, permanently installed equipment is used for FLEX strategies, structures systems and components (SSC's) will be considered seismically robust if:

  • Seismic Qualification Utility Group (SQUG) methods are applied per existing plant licensing basis.
  • Testing, analysis or experience-based methods are applied for the equipment class at design basis seismic levels.
  • Methodologies in Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) 1019199, "Experience Based Seismic Verification Guidelines for Piping and Tubing Systems," can be successfully applied relative to the SSE.

As indicated in its Integrated Plan, the licensee intends to construct a single FLEX equipment storage facility. On page 18 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the FLEX equipment storage building location has not yet been decided.

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0 Page 6 of 60 2014-01-24

structures would be protected from seismic interactions. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.1.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment -- Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.2 states:

The baseline capability requirements already address loss of non-seismically robust equipment and tanks as well as loss of all AC. So, these seismic considerations are implicitly addressed.

There are five considerations for the deployment of FLEX equipment following a seismic event:

1. If the equipment needs to be moved from a storage location to a different point for deployment, the route to be traveled should be reviewed for potential soil liquefaction that could impede movement following a severe seismic event.
2. At least one connection point for the FLEX equipment will only require access through seismically robust structures. This includes both the connection point and any areas that plant operators will have to access to deploy or control the capability.
3. If the plant FLEX strategy relies on a water source that is not seismically robust, e.g., a downstream dam, the deployment of FLEX coping capabilities should address how water will be accessed. Most sites with this configuration have an underwater berm that retains a needed volume of water. However, accessing this water may require new or different equipment.
4. If power is required to move or deploy the equipment (e.g., to open the door from a storage location), then power supplies should be provided as part of the FLEX deployment.
5. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event.

On page 7 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that deployment routes shown in Figure 1 of the Integrated Plan are expected to be utilized to transport FLEX equipment to the deployment areas. The licensee also stated that the identified paths and deployment areas will be accessible during all modes of operation, and that this deployment strategy will be included within an administrative program in order to keep pathways clear or to take actions to clear the pathways.

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP Revision 0 Page 7 of 60 2014-01-24

procedures and programs are being developed to address deployment path and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson. The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust, per Calculation 52212-C-069, Revision 1, "Updated Geotechnical Review,"

July 25, 2000, which was developed under the Individual Plant Examination for External Events (IPEEE) program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam.

On pages 54 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.A in Section 4.2.

On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the equipment connection points will be designed to withstand the applicable hazards.

The licensee did not address consideration 1 regarding potential for liquefaction in the integrated plan, however, the licensee provided a reference (Calculation 52212-C-069) which contains an evaluation of the potential for liquefaction at the site. During the audit process, the licensee stated that it would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction, and that engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event.

The Integrated Plan did not completely address consideration 2, regarding protected connection points and access through seismically robust structures, as deployment paths have not been determined. During the audit process, the licensee specified that connection points for the secondary feed strategies are located in the Turbine Building (TB) Class 1 bay and the Reactor Auxiliary Building (RAB). Additionally, the strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building. Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.2.B in Section 4.2.

The licensee did not address consideration 4 regarding the need for power supplies to move or deploy the equipment. During the audit process, the licensee stated that equipment doors shall be sized such that FLEX equipment can be moved from the building designed to withstand tornado missiles, and that all doors will be electrically operated with the capability for manual override.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.1.3 Procedural Interfaces- Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.3 states:

Revision 0 Page 8 of 60 2014-01-24

There are four procedural interface considerations that should be addressed.

1. Seismic studies have shown that even seismically qualified electrical equipment can be affected by BOB seismic events. In order to address these considerations, each plant should compile a reference source for the plant operators that provides approaches to obtaining necessary instrument readings to support the implementation of the coping strategy (see Section 3.2.1.1 0). This reference source should include control room and non-control room readouts and should also provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings at containment penetrations, where applicable, using a portable instrument (e.g., a Fluke meter). Such a resource could be provided as an attachment to the plant procedures/guidance.

Guidance should include critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power.

2. Consideration should be given to the impacts from large internal flooding sources that are not seismically robust and do not require ac power (e.g.,

gravity drainage from lake or cooling basins for non-safety-related cooling water systems).

3. For sites that use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations, a strategy to remove this water will be required.
4. Additional guidance may be required to address the deployment of FLEX for those plants that could be impacted by failure of a not seismically robust downstream dam.

In the 6-month update the licensee revised the initial strategy for determining local instrument readings from modifying instrument racks to a strategy to develop procedures to use a portable digital voltmeter at the instrument racks. The licensee also stated that they will develop a reference source to include control room (CR) and non-control room readouts and will provide guidance on how and where to measure key instrument readings in the Hagan instrument racks.

The necessary equipment will be stored and protected from applicable RNP hazards.

The licensee did not address the need for guidance for critical actions to perform until alternate indications can be connected and on how to control critical equipment without associated control power. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.3.A in Section 4.2.

On page 15 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson. The UHS will withstand a seismic event as the earthen dam is seismically robust per Calculation 52212-C-069, which was developed under the IPEEE program and evaluated the seismic robustness of Lake Robinson Dam.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding flooding:

  • Internal flooding events are mitigated at RNP by the physical characteristics of the site in conjunction with procedures and specific systems, structures and components designed for that purpose.
  • RNP does not have gravity drainage from the lake or cooling basins for non-safety related cooling water systems.

Revision 0 Page 9 of 60 2014-01-24

  • The service water (SW) system in the RAB is seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
  • The SW system in the TB is not seismically robust and will not have ac power available.
  • The TB is an open structure that will readily drain in the event of a SW break.

Additionally, the licensee specified that RNP does not use ac power to mitigate ground water in critical locations.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.1.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - Seismic Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 5.3.4 states:

Severe seismic events can have far-reaching effects on the infrastructure in and around a plant. While nuclear power plants are designed for large seismic events, many parts of the Owner Controlled Area and surrounding infrastructure (e.g., roads, bridges, dams, etc.) may be designed to lesser standards.

Obtaining off-site resources may require use of alternative transportation (such as air-lift capability) that can overcome or circumvent damage to the existing local infrastructure.

1. The FLEX strategies will need to assess the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a seismic event.

On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources: The industry will establish two (2) Regional Response Centers (RRCs) to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the Strategic Alliance for FLEX Emergency Response (SAFER) team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> from the initial request.

On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan (RRC playbook) to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during seismic hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.2 Flooding NEI 12-06, Section 6.2 states:

Revision 0 Page 10 of 60 2014-01-24

The evaluation of external flood-induced challenges has three parts. The first part is determining whether the site is susceptible to external flooding. The second part is the characterization of the applicable external flooding threat. The third part is the application of the flooding characterization to the protection and deployment of FLEX strategies.

NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.1 states in part:

Susceptibility to external flooding is based on whether the site is a "dry" site, i.e.,

the plant is built above the design basis flood level (DBFL). For sites that are not "dry,"water intrusion is prevented by barriers and there could be a potential for those barriers to be exceeded or compromised. Such sites would include those that are kept "dry" by permanently installed barriers, e.g., seawall, levees, etc.,

and those that install temporary barriers or rely on watertight doors to keep the design basis flood from impacting safe shutdown equipment.

On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that this hazard is not applicable to RNP since the plant is built above the design basis flood level. As stated in the RNP UFSAR Chapter 2 (Sections 2.4.2 and 2.4.4) the maximum flood elevation is 222ft. while the grade level at RNP is 225ft. Per NEI 12-06 (Section 6.2.1 ), RNP is classified as a dry site and the external flood hazard is, therefore, not applicable on site.

On pages 2 and 3 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the 10 CFR 50.54(f) seismic and flood re-evaluations are assumed to not result in changes to the current design basis. It is assumed that RNP remains dry subsequent to the external flood event, and that any changes to the flood design basis may require a change to the plans in the RNP response to the Order.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following additional information from the UFSAR regarding flooding: Per US FAR Section 2.4.1.1, flooding at the plant will not occur, as plant grade is above the maximum lake level which can be maintained by the dam and appurtenant structures. Additionally, UFSAR per Section 2.4.4.2, flow spills over two electrically operated tainter gates under normal operation as well as discharging through valves. Peak flows at Lake Robinson will be controlled by opening the tainter gates. Auxiliary power is available to operate the gates in the event of power failure.

Issues from Sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2 and 3.1 .2.3, are not addressed since the site is a dry site, however Section 3.1.2.4 regarding obtaining off site resources is addressed as off-site flooding issues are possible.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for flooding hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.2.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - Flooding Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 6.2.3.4 states:

Extreme external floods can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.

Revision 0 Page 11 of 60 2014-01-24

1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a flood.
2. Sites impacted by persistent floods should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site.

On page 71 of the Integrated Plan the licensee identified an open item, to develop the RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during flood hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.3 High Winds NEI 12-06, Section 7, provides the NRC-endorsed screening process for evaluation of high wind hazards. This screening process considers the hazard due to hurricanes and tornadoes. The first part of the evaluation of high wind challenges is determining whether the site is potentially susceptible to different high wind conditions to allow characterization of the applicable high wind hazard.

The screening for high wind hazards associated with hurricanes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-1 (Figure 3-1 of U.S. NRC, "Technical Basis for Regulatory Guidance on Design Basis Hurricane Wind Speeds for Nuclear Power Plants,"

NUREG/CR-7005, December, 2009); if the resulting frequency of recurrence of hurricanes with wind speeds in excess of 130 mph exceeds 1o*6 per year, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with hurricanes.

The screening for high wind hazard associated with tornadoes should be accomplished by comparing the site location to NEI 12-06, Figure 7-2, from U.S. NRC, "Tornado Climatology of the Contiguous United States," NUREG/CR-4461, Rev. 2, February 2007; if the recommended tornado design wind speed for a 1o-6 /year probability exceeds 130 mph, the site should address hazards due to extreme high winds associated with tornadoes.

On pages 5 and 6 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: The high wind hazard is applicable for RNP. RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). Peak-gust wind speed, per NEI12-06 Figure 7-1, is 170 mph. Tornado design wind speed per NEI 12-06 Figure 7-2, Region 1, which includes RNP, is 200 mph. These values indicate that RNP has the potential to experience severe winds from hurricanes and tornadoes with the capacity to do significant damage, which are generally considered to be winds above 130 mph as defined in NEI 12-06 Section 7.2.1.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

Revision 0 Page 12 of 60 2014-01-24

3.1.3.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment - High Winds Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.1 states:

These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from high wind hazards:

1. For plants exposed to high wind hazards, FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the following configurations:
a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for high wind hazards (e.g., existing safety-related structure).
b. In storage locations designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures given the limiting tornado wind speeds from Regulatory Guide 1.76 or design basis hurricane wind speeds for the site.
  • Given the FLEX basis limiting tornado or hurricane wind speeds, building loads would be computed in accordance with requirements of ASCE 7-1 0. Acceptance criteria would be based on building serviceability requirements not strict compliance with stress or capacity limits. This would allow for some minor plastic deformation, yet assure that the building would remain functional.
  • Tornado missiles and hurricane missiles will be accounted for in that the FLEX equipment will be stored in diverse locations to provide reasonable assurance that N sets of FLEX equipment will remain deployable following the high wind event. This will consider locations adjacent to existing robust structures or in lower sections of buildings that minimizes the probability that missiles will damage all mitigation equipment required from a single event by protection from adjacent buildings and limiting pathways for missiles to damage equipment.
  • The axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location. In general, tornadoes travel from the West or West Southwesterly direction, diverse locations should be aligned in the North-South arrangement, where possible.

Additionally, in selecting diverse FLEX storage locations, consideration should be given to the location of the diesel generators and switchyard such that the path of a single tornado would not impact all locations.

  • Stored mitigation equipment exposed to the wind should be adequately tied down. Loose equipment should be in protective boxes that are adequately tied down to foundations or slabs to prevent protected equipment from being damaged or becoming airborne.

(During a tornado, high winds may blow away metal siding and metal deck roof, subjecting the equipment to high wind forces.)

Revision 0 Page 13 of 60 2014-01-24

c. In evaluated storage locations separated by a sufficient distance that minimizes the probability that a single event would damage all FLEX mitigation equipment such that at least N sets of FLEX equipment would remain deployable following the high wind event. {This option is not applicable for hurricane conditions).
  • Consistent with configuration b., the axis of separation should consider the predominant path of tornados in the geographical location.
  • Consistent with configuration b., stored mitigation equipment should be adequately tied down.

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from high wind events. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.3.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.2 states:

There are a number of considerations which apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for high wind hazards:

1. For hurricane plants, the plant may not be at power prior to the simultaneous ELAP and LUHS condition. In fact, the plant may have been shut down and the plant configuration could be established to optimize FLEX deployment.

For example, the portable pumps could be connected, tested, and readied for use prior to the arrival of the hurricane. Further, protective actions can be taken to reduce the potential for wind impacts. These factors can be credited in considering how the baseline capability is deployed.

2. The ultimate heat sink may be one of the first functions affected by a hurricane due to debris and storm surge considerations. Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of ELAP/LUHS, along with any other equipment that would be damaged by the postulated storm.
3. Deployment of FLEX following a hurricane or tornado may involve the need to Revision 0 Page 14 of 60 2014-01-24

remove debris. Consequently, the capability to remove debris caused by these extreme wind storms should be included.

4. A means to move FLEX equipment should be provided that is also reasonably protected from the event.
5. The ability to move equipment and restock supplies may be hampered during a hurricane and should be considered in plans for deployment of FLEX equipment.

Regarding consideration 1, the Integrated Plan did not provide information regarding potential deployment actions that could be taken with advance hurricane high wind warning. It also did not identify that deployment vehicles designated for moving FLEX equipment would be protected from hurricane high wind damage. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," includes preparations for hurricane and tornados and also includes; deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event, ensuring debris removal equipment such as trucks and chain saws are fueled and available, adequate fuel oil is on hand, and sufficient consumables area available.

The licensee is also in the process of developing a FLEX support Guideline (FSG) for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.

Consideration 2, regarding storm surge considerations, is not applicable as RNP is not a coastal site.

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed to address storage structure requirements, deployment path requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

On pages 54 and 55 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that Phase 2 FLEX equipment includes debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader.

On page 74 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that an analysis will be performed to determine the commodities requirements.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.3.3 Procedural Interfaces - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.3, states:

The overall plant response strategy should be enveloped by the baseline capabilities, but procedural interfaces may need to be considered. For example, many sites have hurricane procedures. The actions necessary to support the deployment considerations identified above should be incorporated into those procedures.

Revision 0 Page 15 of 60 2014-01-24

On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe weather Response," specifies preparations for hurricane and tornados that include deploying heavy equipment operators from maintenance for the duration of the event. The licensee is also in the process of developing FLEX FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.3.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources - High Wind Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 7.3.4 states:

Extreme storms with high winds can have regional impacts that could have a significant impact on the transportation of off-site resources.

1. Sites should review site access routes to determine the best means to obtain resources from off-site following a hurricane.
2. Sites impacted by storms with high winds should consider where equipment delivered from off-site could be staged for use on-site.

On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information regarding off site resources: The industry will establish two (2) RRCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events. Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. Communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> from the initial request.

On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to using offsite resources during high wind hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.4 Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold As discussed in part in NEI 12-06, Section 8.2.1:

All sites should consider the temperature ranges and weather conditions for their site in storing and deploying their FLEX equipment consistent with normal design practices. All sites outside of Southern California, Arizona, the Gulf Coast and Florida are expected to address deployment Revision 0 Page 16 of 60 2014-01-24

for conditions of snow, ice, and extreme cold. All sites located north of the 35th Parallel should provide the capability to address extreme snowfall with snow removal equipment. Finally, all sites except for those within Level 1 and 2 of the maximum ice storm severity map contained in Figure 8-2 should address the impact of ice storms.

On page 1 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: RNP is located in Darlington County, SC with coordinates Latitude 34° 24' 02" N, Longitude 080° 09' 05" W (UFSAR Section 2.1.1.1 ). RNP is located below the 35th parallel. Per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-1, RNP is in an area corresponding to "low to significant snow accumulations" and "low temperatures." The area represents a record snowfall that is approximately 18-25 inches accumulation over three days. Such snowfalls are considered unlikely to present a significant problem for deployment of FLEX equipment. The licensee concluded that RNP is not required to address extreme snowfall, however, per NEI 12-06, Figure 8-2, RNP is located in a Level 5 area, which is characterized as "Catastrophic destruction to power lines and/or existence of extreme amount of ice," therefore RNP is required to consider the adverse effects of ice on the deployment of FLEX equipment.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.4.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.1 states:

These considerations apply to the protection of FLEX equipment from snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards:

1. For sites subject to significant snowfall and ice storms, portable FLEX equipment should be stored in one of the two configurations.
a. In a structure that meets the plant's design basis for the snow, ice and cold conditions (e.g., existing safety-related structure).
b. In a structure designed to or evaluated equivalent to ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures for the snow, ice, and cold conditions from the site's design basis.
c. Provided the N sets of equipment are located as described in a. or b.

above, theN+ 1 equipment may be stored in an evaluated storage location capable of withstanding historical extreme weather conditions such that the equipment is deployable.

2. Storage of FLEX equipment should account for the fact that the equipment will need to function in a timely manner. The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon.

For example, by storage in a heated enclosure or by direct heating (e.g.,

jacket water, battery, engine block heater, etc.).

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to Revision 0 Page 17 of 60 2014-01-24

provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration or how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be stored and protected from extreme cold events. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to storage of FLEX equipment during icing and cold temperature events, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.4.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.2 states:

There are a number of considerations that apply to the deployment of FLEX equipment for snow, ice, and extreme cold hazards:

1. The FLEX equipment should be procured to function in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.
2. For sites exposed to extreme snowfall and ice storms, provisions should be made for snow/ice removal, as needed to obtain and transport equipment from storage to its location for deployment.
3. For some sites, the ultimate heat sink and flow path may be affected by extreme low temperatures due to ice blockage or formation of frazil ice.

Consequently, the evaluation should address the effects of such a loss of the UHS on the deployment of FLEX equipment. For example, if UHS water is to be used as a makeup source, some additional measures may need to be taken to assure that the FLEX equipment can utilize the water.

On page 71 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.1.

The Integrated Plan did not discuss measures to deal with potential ice formation on the UHS (Lake Robinson) and did not identify any specific equipment that could be deployed for ice removal on deployment paths. In the Integrated Plan, the table noted as "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2," did not specifically identify that snow removal equipment was available although debris removal equipment was noted. During the audit the the licensee stated that AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms and ensurs that snow and ice removal equipment is available. During the audit process, the licensee provided additional information from UFSAR Section 2.3.1.1. This section discuses winter conditions Revision 0 Page 18 of 60 2014-01-24

which are described as mild with cold weather lasting from November to late March. Disruption from snowfall is unusual as more than three days of sustained snow cover is rare. The average winter has five days with temperatures of 20 degrees F or below and temperatures below 10 degrees Fare rare. Additionally, the licensee stated that there is no documented evidence of Lake Robinson freezing. Anecdotal evidence in the form of UHS injection temperatures during plant operation over a period of 512 days from 6/20/2012 thru 11/14/2013 indicates the coldest injection temperature in winter was 52 degrees F.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment during ice, and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.4.3 Procedural Interfaces - Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.3 states:

The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of snow and ice on transport the FLEX equipment. This includes both access to the transport path, e.g., snow removal, and appropriately equipped vehicles for moving the equipment.

On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4. During the audit process, the licensee stated that procedure AP-053, "Severe Weather Response," includes preparations for winter storms that includes deploying additional heavy equipment operators for the duration of the event and ensuring snow and ice removal equipment is available. The licensee is also in the process of developing FSGs for initial assessment and FLEX equipment staging.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for ice and low temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.4.4 Considerations in Using Offsite Resources- Snow, Ice and Extreme Cold Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 8.3.4, states that:

Severe snow and ice storms can affect site access and can impact staging areas for receipt of off-site material and equipment.

On pages 9 and 10 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following information: The industry will establish two (2) ARCs to support utilities during beyond design basis events.

Equipment will be moved from an RRC to a local Assembly Area, established by the SAFER team and the utility. The licensee also stated that communications will be established between the affected nuclear site and the SAFER team and required equipment moved to the site as needed. First arriving equipment, as established during development of the nuclear site's playbook, will be delivered to the site within 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> from the initial request.

Revision 0 Page 19 of 60 2014-01-24

On page 71 the licensee identified an open item, to develop an RRC playbook to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the RRC. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of off-site resources for ice and cold temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.5 High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9 states:

All sites will address high temperatures. Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110°F.

Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120°F.

In this case, sites should consider the impacts of these conditions on deployment of the FLEX equipment.

On page 2 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the extreme high temperature hazard is applicable for all sites in the United States based on NEI 12-06 Section 9.2, and that virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F and many in excess of 120 degrees F. The licensee also stated that RNP will consider the impacts of extreme high temperature conditions of 130 degrees F on the procurement, storage, and deployment of FLEX equipment.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to screening for high temperature hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.5.1 Protection of FLEX Equipment- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.1, states that:

The equipment should be maintained at a temperature within a range to ensure its likely function when called upon.

On pages 16, 24, 36, and 47 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that the structure to provide protection of the FLEX equipment will be constructed to meet the requirements identified in NEI 12-06, Section 11. The licensee also stated that the structures will be built prior to the FLEX implementation date, and that the RNP procedures and programs are being developed, to address storage structure requirements, and FLEX equipment requirements relative to the hazards applicable to RNP.

The licensee did not specify the type of BOB storage building configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured or how stored equipment and Revision 0 Page 20 of 60 2014-01-24

structures would be protected from high temperatures. This is combined with Confirmatory Item 3.1.1.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protection of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.5.2 Deployment of FLEX Equipment- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.2 states:

The FLEX equipment should be procured to function, including the need to move the equipment, in the extreme conditions applicable to the site. The potential impact of high temperatures on the storage of equipment should also be considered, e.g., expansion of sheet metal, swollen door seals, etc. Normal safety-related design limits for outside conditions may be used, but consideration should also be made for any manual operations required by plant personnel in such conditions.

The Integrated Plan did not identify any specific situations where equipment would be operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. However, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information: RNP is located in a temperate climate and temperatures in the region range between historical extremes of -9 to 107 degrees F. Personnel will be adequately dressed and will follow safety protocols for high temperatures when performing manual actions to support the mitigation strategies. An outside engineering firm has been contracted to perform an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2.

The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.1.5.2.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to deployment of FLEX equipment considering high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.1.5.3 Procedural Interfaces- High Temperature Hazard NEI 12-06, Section 9.3.3 states that:

The only procedural enhancements that would be expected to apply involve addressing the effects of high temperatures on the portable equipment.

Revision 0 Page 21 of 60 2014-01-24

On page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that site-specific procedures and/or FSGs will be developed using industry guidance to address the criteria in NEI 12-06, Section 11.4.

The licensee did not identify any specific procedures for equipment operating at high ambient temperatures, or potentially higher temperature inside buildings where the equipment may be required to operate. The licensee identified an open item regarding procedures to be developed, however, FLEX equipment deployment strategies are not complete so it is not clear what the actual operating environments for the FLEX equipment will be. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and the results of those calculations will be used to provide a better idea of the environmental conditions expected during the event. The resolution of the issue is provided in TER Section 3.2.4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to procedural interfaces for high temperatures hazards, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2 PHASED APPROACH Attachment (2) to Order EA-12-049 describes the three-phase approach required for mitigating BDBEEs in order to maintain or restore core cooling, containment and spent fuel pool cooling capabilities. The phases consist of an initial phase using installed equipment and resources, followed by a transition phase using portable onsite equipment and consumables and a final phase using offsite resources.

To meet these EA-12-049 requirements, licensees will establish a baseline coping capability to prevent fuel damage in the reactor core or SFP and to maintain containment capabilities in the context of a BDBEE that results in the loss of all ac power, with the exception of buses supplied by safety-related batteries through inverters, and loss of normal access to the UHS.

As discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant specific analysis will determine the duration of each phase.

3.2.1 RCS Cooling and Heat Removal, and RCS Inventory Control Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the reactor core cooling strategies. This approach uses the installed auxiliary feedwater (AFW)/emergency feedwater (EFW) system to provide steam generator (SG) makeup sufficient to maintain or restore SG level in order to continue to provide core cooling for the initial phase. This approach relies on depressurization of the SGs for makeup with a portable injection source in order to provide core cooling for the transition and final phases. This approach accomplishes reactor coolant system (RCS) inventory control and maintenance of long term subcriticality through the use of low leak reactor coolant pump seals and/or borated high pressure RCS makeup with a letdown path. In mode 5 (cold shutdown) and mode 6 (refueling) with SGs not available, this approach relies on an on-site pump for RCS makeup and diverse makeup connections to the RCS for long-term RCS makeup with borated water and residual heat removal from the vented RCS.

Revision 0 Page 22 of 60 2014-01-24

As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints. Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may be assumed to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities. NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.4 describes boundary conditions for the reactor transient.

Acceptance criteria for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining core cooling are 1) the preclusion of core damage as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 as the purpose of FLEX; and 2) prevention of recriticality as discussed in Appendix D, Table D-1.

As described in NEI 12-06, Section 1.3, plant-specific analyses determine the duration of the phases for the mitigation strategies. In support of its mitigation strategies, the licensee performed a thermal-hydraulic analysis for an event with a simultaneous loss of all alternating current (ac) power and loss of normal access to the ultimate heat sink for an extended period (the ELAP event).

Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the pressurized water reactor owner group (PWROG) recommendations that cover various subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies.

Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P discusses the PWROG's recommendations that cover the following subjects for consideration in developing FLEX mitigation strategies: (1) minimizing reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal leakage rates; (2) adequate shutdown margin; (3) time initiating cooldown and depressurization; (4) prevention of the RCS overfill; (5) blind feeding an SG with a portable pump; (6) nitrogen injection from cold leg accumulators (CLAs), and (7) asymmetric natural circulation cooldown. The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted above for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8 in Section 4.2.

On Page 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that a seismically qualified pressure source (accumulator) capable of supplying 8 hours0.333 days <br />0.0476 weeks <br />0.011 months <br /> of SG pressure operated relief valve (PORV) operation will be installed. The licensee did not state whether the accumulator will be missile protected or provide a milestone for completion. The licensee was requested to provide information on the missile protection of the accumulator and when it will be installed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection. Additionally, a new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability. A portable strategy is Revision 0 Page 23 of 60 2014-01-24

also being considered. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.C in Section 4.2.

On Page 11 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that one of the three trains of the steam supply and regulating valves will be modified to operate on de power and will be capable of being operated from the CR, to limit the required post-event operator actions. However, in the licensee's six-month update, dated August 28, 2013, the licensee revised the strategy to rely on existing procedures to manually open the valves. The licensee was requested to discuss how this would impact other operator actions during Phase 1 of the ELAP event, and to justify how the manual operation of the steam supply valves will not impede other operator actions during the ELAP event.

During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP procedure EPP-1, "Loss of all AC power," includes the proposed manual actions. Additionally, the operators are trained on this strategy and perform time critical job performance measures (JPMs) to practice the skills necessary. One of the on-shift non-licensed operators is dedicated at the start of each shift as the safe shutdown operator and would perform this role without impacting shift staffing.

Regarding an uncontrolled cooldown, the licensee was requested to discuss the following issues:

a) Clarify whether the SG PORV or upstream associated piping is a safety-related system, protected from external events such as tornadoes. If not, address the following questions:

b) Clarify whether damage to an SG PORV or upstream associated piping could occur during an ELAP that would result in an uncontrolled cooldown of the reactor coolant system and provide a basis for the response.

c) Clarify whether postulated damage would be limited to a single SG PORV and/or associated piping, or whether failures could be postulated resulting in an uncontrolled cooldown affecting both SGs, and provide a basis for the response.

d) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, describe key operator actions that would be taken to mitigate these events.

e) If ELAP scenarios involving the uncontrolled cooldown of one or more SGs may be postulated, provide analysis demonstrating that the intended mitigating actions would lead to satisfaction of the requirements of Order EA-12-049 for these cases.

f) As applicable, if the operator actions to mitigate an ELAP event involving an uncontrolled cooldown results in an asymmetric cooldown of the reactor coolant system, address the consequences of the asymmetric cooldown on the mixing of boric acid that is added to the reactor coolant system to ensure sub-criticality.

During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORVs for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package, and that the SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory item 3.2.1.D in Section 4.2.

The licensee was requested to discuss the reliability of the steam driven auxiliary feedwater (SDAFW) pump with respect to the following issues:

a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be pinched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable.

b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.

Revision 0 Page 24 of 60 2014-01-24

During the audit process, the licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will be required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.E in Section 4.2.

During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding the required start of cooldown, a basis for the timing of the start of the cooldown, and the time required to supply SGs prior to dryout.

The licensee provided the following information during the audit process: The cooldown will begin at approximately 2 hours0.0833 days <br />0.0119 weeks <br />0.00274 months <br /> following the event and proceed at 70 degrees F/hr until T -cold is 420 degrees F and SG pressure is approximately 300 psig. The safety-related SDAFW pump is credited to operate as designed with primary and alternative suction sources during initial phase. The portable pump listed on page 53 of the Integrated Plan will have a design capacity of approximately 500 gpm/500 psig and will only be effective after SG depressurization. The portable pump is not intended to provide makeup to the SGs prior to dryout. WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.4 indicates that a feedwater flow interruption at T +0 would result in SG dryout at 3670 seconds (612 minutes) for a Model 'F' SG with an initial mass of 91,200 Ibm (similar to RNP SGs). The time to dryout increased as the time to the feedwater flow interruption increases

( 129 minutes at 0.5 hour5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> and 175 minutes at 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />).

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to RCS cooling and heat removal, and RCS inventory control strategies, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.1.1 Computer Code Used for the ELAP Analysis NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states:

To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making. Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite.

The licensee did not discuss and has not yet performed a site-specific analysis using a computer code to predict RCS conditions following an ELAP. The licensee stated that RNP is enveloped by the WCAP-17601-P conclusions in that rated thermal power and secondary heat removal characteristics are bounded by the reference plant assumptions cited in WCAP-17601-P. Robinson was explicitly analyzed with NOTRUMP or hand calculations to quantify the ELAP coping period with respect to inventory loss (see WCAP-17601-P, Section 4.1.1.1).

Although NOTRUMP has been reviewed and approved for performing small break LOCA analysis for PWRs, the NRC staff had not previously examined its technical adequacy for simulating an ELAP event. In particular, the ELAP scenario is differentiated from typical design-basis small-break LOCA scenarios in several key respects, including the absence of normal ECCS injection and the substantially reduced leakage rate, which places significantly greater emphasis on the accurate prediction of primary-to-secondary heat transfer, natural circulation, and two-phase flow within the RCS. As a result of these differences, concern arose associated Revision 0 Page 25 of 60 2014-01-24

with the use of the NOTRUMP code for ELAP analysis for modeling of two-phase flow within the RCS and heat transfer across the steam generator tubes as single-phase natural circulation transitions to two-phase flow and the reflux condensation cooling mode. This concern resulted in the following Confirmatory Item:

Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. This includes specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling. This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the confirmatory item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the computer codes used to perform ELAP analysis if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.2 Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Rates NEI 12-06, Section 1.3 states:

To the extent practical, generic thermal hydraulic analyses will be developed to support plant specific decision-making. Justification for the duration of each phase will address the on-site availability of equipment, the resources necessary to deploy the equipment consistent with the required timeline, anticipated site conditions following the beyond-design-basis external event, and the ability of the local infrastructure to enable delivery of equipment and resources from offsite.

During the audit process the licensee was requested to discuss Section 5.7.1 of WCAP-17601 which discusses the analyses for the RCS response with RCP safe shutdown/low-leakage seals. Regarding this issue, the licensee provided the following information:

a) RNP assumes 1 gpm/RCP seal leakage in the proposed FLEX strategies.

b) RNP has a modification in place to replace current RCP seals with low-leakage seals. RNP is tracking Part 21 issues with seals and will provide complete response to these questions following receipt of additional Westinghouse/NRC information.

c) RNP is also in discussions with Westinghouse regarding similar questions regarding how WCAP-17601-P applies to RNP.

d) RNP is an 1100 psia SG design plant.

e) RNP uses Westinghouse Model 93 RCPs with standard 8 inch Westinghouse high temperature 0-rings.

f) The RNP primary ELAP strategy is to perform a symmetric cooldown using all RCS loops.

During an ELAP event, cooling to the RCP seal packages will be lost and water at high temperatures may degrade seal materials leading to excess leakage from the RCS. Without ac power available to the emergency core cooling system, inadequate core cooling may eventually result from the leakage out of the seals. The ELAP analysis credits operator actions to align the high pressure RCS makeup sources and replenish the RCS inventory in order to ensure the core is covered with water, thus precluding inadequate core cooling. The amount of high pressure RCS makeup needed is mainly determined by the seal leakage rate, therefore the seal leakage rate is of primary importance in an ELAP analysis as greater values of the leakage Revision 0 Page 26 of 60 2014-01-24

rates will result in a shorter time period for the operator action to align the high pressure RCS makeup water sources.

The licensee provided a SOE in their Integrated Plan, which included the time constraints and the technical basis for their site. The SOE is based on an analysis using specific RCP seal leakage rates. The issue of RCP seal leakage rates was identified as a Generic Concern and was addressed by the NEI in the following submittals:

Wilcox NSSS Designs" dated January 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13042A011 and ML13042A013 (Non-Publically Available)).

  • A position paper dated August 16, 2013, entitled "Westinghouse Response to NRC Generic Request for Additional Information (RAI) on Reactor coolant (RCP) Seal Leakage in Support of the Pressurized Water reactor Owners Group (PWROG)"

(ADAMS Accession No. ML13190A201 (Non-Publically Available)).

After review of these submittals, the NRC staff has placed certain limitations for Westinghouse designed plants. Those limitations and their corresponding Confirmatory Item numbers for this TER are provided as follows:

(1) Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g., 1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response. For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ," dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No.

ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.A)

(2) If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification. (This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.2.8)

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the reactor coolant pump seal leakages rates if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.3 Decay Heat NEI Section 3.2.1.2 states in part:

The initial plant conditions are assumed to be the following:

(1) Prior to the event the reactor has been operating at 100 percent rated thermal power for at least 100 days or has just been shut down from such a power Revision 0 Page 27 of 60 2014-01-24

history as required by plant procedures in advance of the impending event.

The licensee was requested to address the applicability of assumption 4 from WCAP Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions - Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and to provide a discussion regarding the following key parameters used to determine the decay heat: (1) initial power level, (2) fuel enrichment, (3) fuel burnup, (4) effective full power operating days per fuel cycle, (5) number of fuel cycles, if hybrid fuels are used in the core, and (6) fuel characteristics are based on the beginning of the cycle, middle of the cycle, or end of the cycle. If a different decay heat model is used, the licensee was also requested to address the specific model and the acceptability of the model. During the audit process the licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan. This has been identified as Open Item 3.2.1.3.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to decay heat, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.4 Initial Values for Key Plant Parameters and Assumptions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2 provides a series of assumptions to which initial key plant parameters (core power, RCS temperature and pressure, etc.) should conform. When considering the code used by the licensee and its use in supporting the required event times for the SOE, it is important to ensure that the initial key plant parameters not only conform to the assumptions provided in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2, but that they also represent the starting conditions of the code used in the analyses and that they are included within the code's range of applicability.

The licensee stated that the technical basis for strategies, assumptions, acceptance criteria and time constraints are described in WCAP-17601-P, however no specific RNP RCS or core parameters were provided in the Integrated Plan. During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP compared specific values for various plant parameters in WCAP-17601-P to verify its analysis was bounding for RNP.

  • RNP is a three loop Westinghouse PWR with Model93 RCPs and Modei44F SGs.
  • Robinson was explicitly analyzed with NOTRUMP or hand calculations to quantify the ELAP coping period with respect to inventory loss (WCAP-17601-P, Section 4.1.1.1.)
  • RNP is licensed to 2339 MWt, which is bounded by WCAP17601-P higher power assumption of 2900 MWt.
  • RNP is analyzed specifically for core cooling coping times for the Model 93 RCP seal leakage donor location aspect and improved coping times (WCAP Section 5.3.1.5 and 5.3.1.7)
  • WCAP-17601-P PORV capacities and the core power level assumed in the analysis were compared to RNP SG PORV capacities and RNP core power. The RNP relief capacity is greater than the values in Table 5.4.2.1.3-1, and the core power level is greater than the RNP core power of 2339 MWt.

Revision 0 Page 28 of 60 2014-01-24

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to initial values for key plant parameters and assumptions, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.5 Monitoring Instrumentation and Controls NEI12-06, Section 3.2.1.10 states in part:

The parameters selected must be able to demonstrate the success of the strategies at maintaining the key safety functions as well as indicate imminent or actual core damage to facilitate a decision to manage the response to the event within the Emergency Operating Procedures and FLEX Support Guidelines or within the SAMGs. Typically, these parameters would include the following:

  • SG Pressure
  • RCS Temperature
  • Containment Pressure
  • SFP Level The plant-specific evaluation may identify additional parameters that are needed in order to support key actions identified in the plant procedures/guidance or to indicate imminent or actual core damage On pages 12/13, 21/22 and 28/29 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided the following regarding instrumentation credited for ELAP analysis and to support strategy implementation:
  • RCS Hot Leg Temperature
  • RCS Cold Leg Temperature
  • RCS Wide Range (WR) Pressure
  • SG Narrow Range (NR) Level
  • SG WR Level Core cooling
  • Core Exit Thermocouple Temperature
  • RCS Passive Injection
  • Pressurizer Level
  • Reactor Vessel Level Indicating Monitor reactor vessel
  • System inventory
  • SG Pressure
  • Battery Capacity/De Bus Voltage
  • Neutron Flux Maintain sub-criticality
  • Containment Pressure
  • Containment Temperature On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the current configuration can result in a Revision 0 Page 29 of 60 2014-01-24

loss of SG wide range level indication and to retain indication throughout an ELAP, the power supply for the A train SG wide range level instrumentation will be moved to either the A or B safety battery.

During the audit process, the license was requested to provide justification that the instrumentation listed and the associated indications are reliable and adequate to provide the desired functions on demand during the ELAP with the containment harsh conditions at high moisture, temperature and pressure levels. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a table listing the peak containment pressure and temperature vs. the corresponding design limits, a discussion of the containment analysis including the computer code/method and assumptions, and also, a discussion of the analysis used to determine the strategies and time requirements for actions beyond 7 days to reduce containment pressure and temperature, During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information: The instruments listed in the Integrated Plan that are located in containment are environmentally qualified and designed for harsh conditions in accordance with Reg Guide 1.97. Calculation RNP-MECH-1877 (available on thee-portal) describes the containment response to the ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage RCP seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used for this analysis. Moisture profiles were not included in the calculation.

Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) no Phase 1 or 2 strategies are planned for containment protection, 2) Phase 3 strategies include using portable pumps to supply the service water system from Lake Robinson, 3) RRC diesel generators (DGs) will power the emergency buses which in turn will make power available to the containment fan coolers, therefore containment temperature and pressure will be limited and controllable, and 4) the analysis showed that containment pressure and temperature are not challenged for up to 43 days.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to monitoring instruments and controls, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.6 Sequence of Events NEI 12-06 discusses an event timeline and time constraints in several sections of the document, for example Section 1.3, Section 3.2.1.7 principle (4) and (6), Section 3.2.2 Guideline (1) and Section 12.1.

NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, in part, addresses the minimum baseline capabilities:

Each site should establish the minimum coping capabilities consistent with unit-specific evaluation of the potential impacts and responses to an ELAP and LUHS. In general, this coping can be thought of as occurring in three phases:

  • Phase 1: Cope relying on installed plant equipment.
  • Phase 2: Transition from installed plant equipment to on-site FLEX equipment.

Revision 0 Page 30 of 60 2014-01-24

  • Phase 3: Obtain additional capability and redundancy from off-site equipment until power, water, and coolant injection systems are restored or commissioned.

In order to support the objective of an indefinite coping capability, each plant will be expected to establish capabilities consistent with Table 3-2 (PWRs). Additional explanation of these functions and capabilities are provided in NEI 12-06 Appendix D, "Approach to PWR Functions."

The licensee listed Item 9 in the SOE timeline which specified that "at 2-5 hours0.208 days <br />0.0298 weeks <br />0.00685 months <br /> - Modes 1-4; depressurize the SGs to 300 psia." Items 18 and 19 of the SOE specify "restoring power to a charging pump for borated makeup to RCS from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST)

(Primary strategy for RCS makeup)" or "align portable pumps and hoses from the RWST to the Safety Injection (SI) header for makeup to RCS (contingency based on charging pump availability)." The licensee stated that this must be performed in accordance with boration needs which will vary throughout the core cycle. The licensee was requested to provide analysis with supporting details regarding the worst case minimum time makeup to the RCS would be required, the minimum required makeup rates, or when boration was required.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:

The worst case time to core uncovery for RNP is discussed in WCAP-17601-P, Section 5.3.1.5 which states that: "The Turkey Point units and H. B. Robinson have Model 93 RCPs.

Quantification of the seal leakage donor location aspect was considered in these cases as well.

When factored in, the approximate core cooling coping time increased from 55 hours2.292 days <br />0.327 weeks <br />0.0753 months <br /> to approximately 235 hours9.792 days <br />1.399 weeks <br />0.322 months <br />. A confirmatory informal NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value" Section 5.3.1.7 also states: "All of these cases consider the standard Westionghjouse RCP seal package as supplied with the paarticualr pump model. If a safe shutwond seal or low leakage seal were considered, the core cooling time increases significantly." RNP plans to install low-leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation as of this writing. Makeup rates, boration strategies and times are being vetted and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee stated in item 20 of the SOE that at 12-16 hours0.667 days <br />0.0952 weeks <br />0.0219 months <br />, operators would manually isolate cold leg accumulators to prevent nitrogen injection, and that this must be performed after re-powering the Sl accumulator isolation valves, but before the Sl accumulators empty or reach a low level. No analysis or supporting details were provided regarding why Sl accumulators must be isolated at 12-16 hours0.667 days <br />0.0952 weeks <br />0.0219 months <br />. For example, the N2 pressure maintained in the accumulators relative to the status of the RCS cooldown and depressurization in this time frame was not provided.

In response to the staff's inquiry during the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is re-evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy. Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future 6-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.6.8 in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0 Page 31 of 60 2014-01-24

requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to the SOE, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.7 Cold Shutdown and Refueling NEI 12-06, Table 1-1, lists the coping strategy requirements as presented in Order EA--

12-049. Item (4) of that list states:

Licensee or CP holders must be capable of implementing the strategies in all modes.

The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to shutdown and refueling requirements is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved through the NRC endorsement of NEI position paper entitled "Shutdown/Refueling Modes" (ADAMS Accession No. ML13273A514); and has been endorsed by the NRC in a letter dated September 30, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13267A382).

The position paper describes how licensees will, by procedure, maintain equipment available for deployment in shutdown and refueling modes. The NRC staff concluded that the position paper provides an acceptable approach for demonstrating that the licensees are capable of implementing mitigating strategies in all modes of operation. The NRC staff will evaluate the licensee's resulting program through the audit and inspection process.

The licensee informed the NRC of their plans to abide by this generic resolution.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core cooling during cold shutdown and refueling, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.1.8 Core Sub-Criticality NEI 12-06 Table 3-2 states in part that:

All plants provide means to provide borated RCS makeup.

NEI12-06 Table D-1, "Summary of Performance Attributes for PWR Core Cooling Functions" states the following regarding re-powering charging pumps: "In order to address the requirement for diversity, if re-powering of installed charging pumps is used for this function (maintain RCS inventory), then either (a) multiple power connection points should be provided to the charging pump, or (b) provide a single power supply connection point for the charging pump and a single connection point for a portable makeup pump" The licensee's initial strategy to makeup to the RCS in Phase 2 was to re-power an installed plant charging pump, with portable 480 volt ac generators.

The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis of the worst case end of cycle conditions which would be the most limiting time needed to accomplish RCS makeup, and to specify the timing, duration, cooldown rate, and makeup needs for the cooldown where the need for RCS makeup under the proposed strategies would be required. The licensee was also requested to provide a discussion regarding the statement that the "Guidance in WCAP 17601 specifying RCS inventory positive displacement pumps sized at >30 gpm at an estimated 1500 psig will be followed," and also to provide a discussion or a plant specific analysis to confirm that Revision 0 Page 32 of 60 2014-01-24

the guidance noted in the WCAP is applicable to RNP, or specify if there are any significant gaps between RNP and the WCAP specifications.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information:

  • RNP strategies for boration no longer include powering of a charging pump for Phase 2.
  • A portable diesel powered high pressure pump will be used to take suction from the RWST (if available) or a portable boration tank.
  • The pump capacity and pressure rating will be derived using hydraulic calculations (such as FATHOM) to insure feasibility.
  • Boration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.8.A in Section 4.2.

The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern associated with the modeling of the timing and uniformity of the mixing of a liquid boric acid solution injected into the RCS under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow was applicable to RNP.

The Pressurized Water Reactor Owners Group (PWROG) submitted a position paper, dated August 15, 2013 (withheld from public disclosure due to proprietary content), which provides test data regarding boric acid mixing under single-phase natural circulation conditions and outlined applicability conditions intended to ensure that boric acid addition and mixing would occur under conditions similar to those for which boric acid mixing data is available. In an endorsement letter dated January 8, 2014, (ADAMS Accession No Mlxxxxxxxxx) the NRC staff concluded that the August 15, 2013, position paper constitutes an acceptable approach for addressing boric acid mixing under natural circulation during an ELAP event, provided that the following additional conditions are satisfied:

(1) The required timing for providing borated makeup to the primary system should consider conditions with no reactor coolant system leakage and with the highest applicable leakage rate for the reactor coolant pump seals and unidentified reactor coolant system leakage.

(2) For the condition associated with the highest applicable reactor coolant system leakage rate, two approaches have been identified, either of which is acceptable to the staff:

a. Adequate borated makeup should be provided such that the loop flow rate in two-phase natural circulation does not decrease below the loop flow rate corresponding to single-phase natural circulation.
b. If loop flow during two-phase natural circulation has decreased below the single-phase natural circulation flow rate, then the mixing of any borated primary makeup added to the reactor coolant system is not to be credited until one hour after the flow in all loops has been restored to a flow rate that is greater than or equal to the single-phase natural circulation flow rate.

Revision 0 Page 33 of 60 2014-01-24

(3) In all cases, credit for increases in the reactor coolant system boron concentration should be delayed to account for the mixing of the borated primary makeup with the reactor coolant system inventory. Provided that the flow in all loops is greater than or equal to the corresponding single-phase natural circulation flow rate, the staff considers a mixing delay period of one hour following the addition of the targeted quantity of boric acid to the reactor coolant system to be appropriate.

During the audit, the licensee informed the NRC staff of its intent to abide by the generic approach discussed above, including the additional conditions specified in the NRC's endorsement letter. As such, the generic concern associated with modeling the timing and uniformity of boric acid mixing within the reactor coolant system (RCS) under natural circulation conditions potentially involving two-phase flow has been adequately addressed for RNP.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to core sub-criticality, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.1.9 Use of Portable Pumps NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13), states in part:

Regardless of installed coping capability, all plants will include the ability to use portable pumps to provide RPV/RCS/SG makeup as a means to provide diverse capability beyond installed equipment. The use of portable pumps to provide RCS/SG makeup requires a transition and interaction with installed systems. For example, transitioning .... to a portable pump for SG makeup may require cooldown and depressurization of the SGs in advance of using the portable pump connections. Guidance should address both the proactive transition from installed equipment to portable and reactive transitions in the event installed equipment degrades or fails. Preparations for reactive use of portable equipment should not distract site resources from establishing the primary coping strategy.

In some cases, in order to meet the time-sensitive required actions of the site-specific strategies, the FLEX equipment may need to be stored in its deployed position.

The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.

NEI 12-06 Section 11.2 states in part:

Design requirements and supporting analysis should be developed for portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP that provides the inputs, assumptions, and documented analysis that the mitigation strategy and support equipment will perform as intended.

On pages 14 and 15 of the Integrated Plan the licensee provided the following information:

Revision 0 Page 34 of 60 2014-01-24

  • A portable pump will be procured and pre-staged near the condensate pump area, and an additional pump will be stored in a building designed per the criteria of NEI 12-06 Section 11.3, to meet spare (N+ 1) requirements, 2).
  • These portable pumps will be capable of taking suction from a variety of plant sources, the preferred source is the condensate storage tank (CST).
  • Makeup to the CST can be via the six inch emergency fill connection valve, DW-285, and an additional connection will be provided for the CST to satisfy primary and alternate criteria.
  • A tee-connection will be added to the 'C' AFW pump discharge line, which will allow the portable pump to supply the AFW system.

Additionally, the licensee stated that the ultimate source of core cooling water is Lake Robinson however due to a relatively long distance between the lake and the plant, it is desirable to use service water (SW) piping as a flow path. Mechanical connections will be added directly into both the south and north SW headers to allow a portable pump to connect, while taking suction directly from Lake Robinson and bypassing the SW pumps. To enable this strategy, the necessary N+ 1 portable pumps will be stored in a robust structure in a protected location near the intake structure.

In the August 2013 six-month update the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration as follows: Installation of low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals is scheduled for the upcoming outage. With this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. In Phase 3, the 480 Vac buses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2. The borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility. RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks stored in a protected facility. The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned.

The licensee listed the following portable pumps in the table titled "PWR Portable Equipment Phase 2" on page 53 of the Integrated Plan:

1) FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig
2) High capacity FLEX portable pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 3000 gpm
3) High pressure FLEX positive displacement pump (2) for core cooling, @ greater than 30 gpm at approximately 1500 psig
4) FLEX portable pump (2) for containment cooling, @ greater than 300 gpm at 300 psig
5) FLEX portable pump (2) for SFP, @ greater than 500 gpm During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide supporting details regarding any analyses that were used to determine the required flow rates and corresponding pressures of the portable pumps for SG or RCS fill strategies for Phase 2 or 3 strategies. In response the licensee stated that the WCAP-17601-P, the PWROG position paper dated August 15, 2013, and EDMG-011, "Spent Fuel Pool Casualty," were the basis for the above pump discharge pressures and flow rates. Additionally, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of the computer codes/methods and assumptions used in the analyses, and address their adequacy. In response the licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies, and that each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available Revision 0 Page 35 of 60 2014-01-24

vendor information. This will be documented in a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.1.9.A in Section 4.2.

Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) the required AFW mass flow rate to account for decay heat is based on the Westinghouse calculation APP-GW-MOC-001 Rev 1 'Westinghouse Fluid Systems Add-ins," April 22, 2013, 2) decay heat is determined as a function of time with an applied standard deviation margin of 2-sigma, consistent with Westinghouse WCAP-17601-P and Westinghouse letter LTR-LIS-13-147, Rev 0 "Documentation of AFW Demand Calculation, During the First 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> of an ELAP Event to Support the FLEX Initiative," August 19, 2013, and the decay heat profiles for SFP heat up were created using two separate methods: a) NRC Branch Technical Position ASB 9-2 and b) ANS/ANSI5.1-1979 standard.

TEA Section 3.2.4.9, "Portable Equipment Fuel," addresses the fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment, and provides reasonable assurance that sufficient quantities of fuel as well as delivery capabilities are available.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to use of portable, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.2 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D summarize one acceptable approach for the SFP cooling strategies. This approach uses a portable injection source to provide 1) makeup via hoses on the refuel deck/floor capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; 2) makeup via connection to SFP cooling piping or other alternate location capable of exceeding the boil-off rate for the design basis heat load; and alternatively 3) spray via portable monitor nozzles from the refueling deck/floor capable of providing a minimum of 200 gallons per minute (gpm) per unit (250 gpm to account for overspray). This approach will also provide a vent pathway for steam and condensate from the SFP.

As described in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1. 7 and JLD-ISG-2012-01, Section 2.1, strategies that have a time constraint to be successful should be identified and a basis provided that the time can be reasonably met. NEI 12-06, Section 3 provides the performance attributes, general criteria, and baseline assumptions to be used in developing the technical basis for the time constraints. Since the event is a beyond-design-basis event, the analysis used to provide the technical basis for time constraints for the mitigation strategies may use nominal initial values (without uncertainties) for plant parameters, and best-estimate physics data. All equipment used for consequence mitigation may assume to operate at nominal setpoints and capacities.

NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.2 describes the initial plant conditions for the at-power mode of operation; Section 3.2.1.3 describes the initial conditions; and Section 3.2.1.6 describes SFP initial conditions.

NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 provides the acceptance criterion for the analyses serving as the technical basis for establishing the time constraints for the baseline coping capabilities described in NEI 12-06, which provide an acceptable approach to meeting the requirements of EA-12-049 for maintaining SFP cooling. This criterion is keeping the fuel in the SFP covered.

On page 33 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that there is no Phase 1 strategy Revision 0 Page 36 of 60 2014-01-24

necessary for SFP makeup on loss of power to the SFP cooling pumps other than to monitor the SFP level. The licensee also stated that with no heat removal, the time for the SFP water to rise from 150 degrees F to boiling for a full core discharge (fills SFP to capacity) is approximately 3.64 hours2.667 days <br />0.381 weeks <br />0.0877 months <br /> per calculation RNP-M-Mech-1 590, Revision 5, "Time-to-Boil Curves for the Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Cavity," that this is sufficient time to mobilize equipment for Phase 2, and that the estimated time to uncover any spent fuel is significantly longer. During the audit process, the licensee was requested to clarify the time to fuel uncovery. The licensee responded that the worst case time-to-boil to the top of the fuel racks was calculated to be 45.23 hours0.958 days <br />0.137 weeks <br />0.0315 months <br /> which assumes a full core offload and an initial temperature of 150 degrees F.

The licensee also stated that additional actions to establish venting are not required for RNP due to the physical separation within the power block, and that the current design of the structure is such that opening the existing doors and roof hatch provides sufficient venting. The licensee was requested to confirm the vent path for this strategy. During the audit process, the licensee stated that access to the SFP is from the outside door at the 275 ft. elevation. There is also a large removable hatch via the roof of the SFP building. Either door or hatch can be used to vent the SFP steam and condensate cannot be vented into the RAB as there is no access directly to the RAB from the SFP.

On page 35 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that refilling the SFP may be accomplished through the use of hoses on the refueling floor, use of spray nozzles, or providing makeup through the use of installed SFP piping. The licensee also stated that the primary strategy for providing makeup water to the SFP is through the use of a portable pump (250 gpm) with attached suction and discharge hoses, and that to deploy this strategy, at least one portable pump is obtained from the FLEX storage building, and placed at the discharge canal with hoses of sufficient length to reach the SFP connected to the portable pump.

The licensee stated that the alternate strategy is to provide makeup via installed SFP piping.

RNP currently has two Emergency Cooling Connections (ECCs) that can be used for external filling to robust piping. The first connection is a four inch blind flange on the suction side of the

'B' SFP Cooling (SFPC) pump and allows water to be pumped directly into the pool. This connection is located on the second level of the Fuel Handling Building in the SFPC pump room. Located in the SFPC heat exchanger room, the ECC is upstream of the SFPC heat exchanger which then discharges into the SFP, (UFSAR Section 9.1.3). These connections will be used with portable pumps to draw water from diverse locations (RWST, discharge canal) and discharge directly into the pool.

The licensee was requested to provide a discussion on how these diverse water sources will be prioritized and how they will be connected to the ECCs, and to describe the prioritization of the water sources to be used to discharge into the SFP, and how each water source will be connected to the ECCs.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the two readily available water sources are Lake Robinson and the discharge canal, and a portable pumper will be staged to take suction at one of the sources and hoses are used to route the discharge to the SFP. 2) Three options are available for routing. The first option is that a hose can be brought up to the SFP operating deck and deployed into the pool. The second option is to stage a monitor nozzle to deliver directly to the pool. The third option is to route the hose into the adjacent SFP heat exchanger room and connect to the hose to an installed FLEX connection at the outlet of the SFP heat exchanger which will refill the SFP from a connection outside the SFP building.

Revision 0 Page 37 of 60 2014-01-24

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to SFP cooling strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.3 Containment Functions Strategies NEI 12-06, Table 3-2 and Appendix D provide some examples of acceptable approaches for demonstrating the baseline capability of the containment strategies to effectively maintain containment functions during all phases of an ELAP. For example, containment pressure control/heat removal utilizing containment spray.

On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that containment isolation will occur on a Station Blackout (SBO) event, and that the requirement for the containment safety function is the ability to maintain or re-power key containment parameter instruments as discussed in NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.1 0 and PWROG recommendations. The licensee also stated that the instrumentation recommended to monitor these key containment parameters are as follows:

containment pressure, containment temperature, and battery capacity/de bus voltage, which are powered by safety batteries and will be available until battery depletion.

On page 28 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that a containment temperature and pressure analysis will be performed based on the postulated ELAP event, and it is anticipated that the results of this calculation will show that containment will neither over-pressurize nor reach a temperature exceeding instrumentation Environmental Qualification (EQ) limits; thus requiring no additional strategies. Should the analysis not yield the predicted results described, a primary and secondary strategy will be provided.

The licensee has not completed a containment temperature and pressure analysis for the ELAP condition. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding containment analysis: 1) Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877, which was performed using the GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA), describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low-leakage seals. 2) This calculation showed that at 10 days containment pressure and temperature reached 15.7 psig and 203.3 degrees F, and that containment design pressure of 42 psig was reached at approximately 43 days and design temperature of 263 degrees F was reached at approximately 44 days. The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed to maintain containment functions has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.3.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to containment functions strategies, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.4 Support Functions 3.2.4.1 Equipment Cooling- Cooling Water NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (3) states:

Revision 0 Page 38 of 60 2014-01-24

Plant procedures/guidance should specify actions necessary to assure that equipment functionality can be maintained (including support systems or alternate method) in an ELAP/LUHS or can perform without ac power or normal access to the UHS.

Cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water may normally be used in order for equipment to perform their function. It may be necessary to provide an alternate means for support systems that require ac power or normal access to the UHS, or provide a technical justification for continued functionality without the support system.

The Integrated Plan did not provide sufficient information regarding cooling functions provided by such systems as auxiliary building cooling water, service water, or component cooling water cooling when ac power is lost during the ELAP for Phases 1 and 2. The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supplemental cooling to the subject components and areas when normal cooling will not be available during the ELAP, and to include a detailed summary of the analysis and/or technical evaluation performed to demonstrate the adequacy of the ventilation provided in the pump rooms to support equipment operation throughout all phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that; RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures, and will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.1.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to equipment cooling water, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.4.2 Ventilation - Equipment Cooling NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (1 0) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of ventilation effects on specific energized equipment necessary for shutdown (e.g., those containing internal electrical power supplies or other local heat sources that may be energized or present in an ELAP.

ELAP procedures/guidance should identify specific actions to be taken to ensure that equipment failure does not occur as a result of a loss of forced ventilation/cooling. Actions should be tied to either the ELAP/LUHS or upon reaching certain temperatures in the plant. Plant areas requiring additional air flow are likely to be locations containing shutdown instrumentation and power supplies, turbine-driven decay heat removal equipment, and in the vicinity of the inverters. These areas include: steam driven [auxiliary feedwater] AFW pump room, HPCI and RCIC pump rooms, the control room, and logic cabinets. Air flow may be accomplished by opening doors to rooms and electronic and relay Revision 0 Page 39 of 60 2014-01-24

cabinets, and/or providing supplemental air flow.

Air temperatures may be monitored during an ELAP/LUHS event through operator observation, portable instrumentation, or the use of locally mounted thermometers inside cabinets and in plant areas where cooling may be needed.

Alternatively, procedures/guidance may direct the operator to take action to provide for alternate air flow in the event normal cooling is lost. Upon loss of these systems, or indication of temperatures outside the maximum normal range of values, the procedures/guidance should direct supplemental air flow be provided to the affected cabinet or area, and/or designate alternate means for monitoring system functions.

For the limited cooling requirements of a cabinet containing power supplies for instrumentation, simply opening the back doors is effective. For larger cooling loads, such as HPCI, RCIC, and AFW pump rooms, portable engine-driven blowers may be considered during the transient to augment the natural circulation provided by opening doors. The necessary rate of air supply to these rooms may be estimated on the basis of rapidly turning over the room's air volume.

Temperatures in the HPCI pump room and/or steam tunnel for a BWR may reach levels which isolate HPCI or RCIC steam lines. Supplemental air flow or the capability to override the isolation feature may be necessary at some plants. The procedures/guidance should identify the corrective action required, if necessary.

Actuation setpoints for fire protection systems are typically at 165-180°F. It is expected that temperature rises due to loss of ventilation/cooling during an ELAP/LUHS will not be sufficiently high to initiate actuation of fire protection systems. If lower fire protection system setpoints are used or temperatures are expected to exceed these temperatures during an ELAP/LUHS, procedures/guidance should identify actions to avoid such inadvertent actuations or the plant should ensure that actuation does not impact long term operation of the equipment.

On page 41 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that upon loss of ac power, no heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems are available, and that there are no actions to restore HVAC during Phase 1. Additionally strategies to provide cooling to the CR are already in place at RNP and will be used as-is, including opening cabinet and exterior doors, and all other plant areas are sufficiently cool for eight hours, as determined for the SBO scenario.

Further calculations will be performed for an ELAP without installed ac power restoration for longer periods of time.

On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that existing plant procedures describe how portable fan blowers and exhaust ductwork will be aligned in the CR within three hours, and that for other areas of the plant, the Phase 2 strategy of re-powering 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and 480V MCC 5 will restore HVAC. An analysis of HVAC requirements for operating equipment will be performed based on area heat-up times without cooling available for indefinite coping.

The licensee stated that the primary strategy powering the battery room exhaust fans to remove any hydrogen gas accumulation during charging will be through portable diesel generators at Revision 0 Page 40 of 60 2014-01-24

connection points near the emergency diesel generator as described for powering the essential instrument bus. Additionally for other areas of the plant, the strategy is to provide portable fan blowers and generators which will be procured and used to provide forced convection for personnel habitability in areas where needed. The alternate method for providing ventilation to the battery rooms requires installing manual transfer switches with the ability to quick-connect to portable 5kW diesel generators.

The licensee noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined. The licensee was requested to provide additional information regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.

The NRC has identified the following issues regarding habitability of the CR during the ELAP.

Without ventilation the CR would most likely heat up. If temperatures approach a steady-state condition of 110 degrees F, the environmental conditions within the CR would remain at the uppermost habitability temperature limit defined in NUMARC 87-00 for efficient human performance. NUMARC 87-00 provides the technical basis for this habitability standard as MIL-STD-1472C, which concludes that 110 degrees F is tolerable for light work for a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> period while dressed in conventional clothing with a relative humidity of -30%. The licensee did not supply sufficient information to conclude that the habitability limits of the CR will be maintained in all Phases of an ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.

The NRC has also identified issues with hydrogen accumulation in the battery rooms. With no ventilation for the battery rooms, hydrogen gas building could become an issue. As the strategy for providing ventilation to the battery room has not been developed, the licensee was requested to provide a discussion of battery room ventilation to prevent hydrogen accumulation while recharging the batteries in phase 2 or 3. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event, and that the results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. Additionally, a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed. This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.8 in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to ventilation equipment cooling, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.4.3 Heat Tracing Revision 0 Page 41 of 60 2014-01-24

NE! 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (12) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should consider loss of heat tracing effects for equipment required to cope with an ELAP. Alternate steps, if needed, should be identified to supplement planned action.

Heat tracing is used at some plants to ensure cold weather conditions do not result in freezing important piping and instrumentation systems with small diameter piping. Procedures/guidance should be reviewed to identify if any heat traced systems are relied upon to cope with an ELAP. For example, additional condensate makeup may be supplied from a system exposed to cold weather where heat tracing is needed to ensure control systems are available. If any such systems are identified, additional backup sources of water not dependent on heat tracing should be identified.

In the integrated plan, the licensee did not discuss the effects of loss of power to heat tracing and therefore additional information is required to conclude that this consideration from NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2 paragraph 13, has been adequately addressed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified, however heat tracing is not safety-related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.3.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to heat tracing, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

3.2.4.4 Accessibility- Lighting and Communications NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (8) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should identify the portable lighting (e.g., flashlights or head/amps) and communications systems necessary for ingress and egress to plant areas required for deployment of FLEX strategies.

Areas requiring access for instrumentation monitoring or equipment operation may require portable lighting as necessary to perform essential functions.

Normal communications may be lost or hampered during an ELAP.

Consequently, in some cases, portable communication devices may be required to support interaction between personnel in the plant and those providing overall command and control.

On pages 41 and 42 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated the following regarding lighting:

1) upon loss of ac power, emergency lighting is provided by installed eight hour battery packs,
2) emergency plant lighting modifications to incorporate LED technology will be initiated thereby increasing the effective life of the battery packs, 3) safety batteries 'A' and 'B' provide limited plant lighting, and 4) supplementing the existing safety batteries with additional non-safety related batteries will have the objective of providing an overall eight hour minimum capacity.

Revision 0 Page 42 of 60 2014-01-24

Additionally, the licensee stated that: 1) this will extend Phase 1 long enough to get Phase 2 coping strategies in place for the lighting currently powered by vital buses supplied by the safety batteries, and 2) additional portable lighting will be procured to facilitate implementation of FLEX strategies and to reduce human error and increase safety during a BDBEE event, which will augment head and hand lamps, and will be coordinated with individual FLEX strategies.

On pages 44 and 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the vital lighting in the CR will be restored by providing power back to the battery chargers, and that the primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 and will include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed (switchgear E1 and E2 provide power to the 480V MCCs that feed the battery chargers).

Additionally, the licensee stated that the alternate method for powering the battery chargers is to power battery chargers directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection, and when powering only one battery charger by use of a manual transfer switch the diesel generator must be capable of providing 60kW. For outside areas, portable lighting towers may be used.

On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the strategy for getting power restored to critical lighting areas (other than the CR) in Phase 3 is a continuation of the Phase 2 strategy. This is accomplished by modifying the current 480V switchgear E1 or E2 to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator. These connection points will be capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. E1 or E2 provide power to critical 480V MCC's that feed various panels that supply lighting circuits considered critical to operations. The licensee stated that another strategy in Phase 3 to restore lighting is to power 480V MCC's 5 and 6 by either bus modification for diesel generator connection or by addition of a new panel with diesel generator connections integrated into the vertical panel design, allowing for full horizontal bus ampacity. The licensee has developed strategies for restoring normal and emergency lighting during the ELAP and has identified multiple open items in the Integrated Plan related to lighting.

The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee communications assessment (ADAMS Accession No. ML12311A299 and ML13058A045) in response to the March 12, 2012, 50.54(f) request for information letter, and as documented in the staff analysis (ADAMS Accession No. ML13105A413) has determined that the assessment for communications is reasonable, and the analyzed existing systems, proposed enhancements, and interim measures will help to ensure that communications are maintained. Therefore, there is reasonable assurance that the guidance and strategies developed by the licensee will conform to the guidance of NEI 12-06 Section 3.2.2 (8) regarding communications capabilities during an ELAP. Confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to lighting and communications, if these requirements are implemented as planned.

Revision 0 Page 43 of 60 2014-01-24

3.2.4.5 Protected and Internal Locked Area Access NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (9) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should consider the effects of ac power loss on area access, as well as the need to gain entry to the Protected Area and internal locked areas where remote equipment operation is necessary.

At some plants, the security system may be adversely affected by the loss of the preferred or Class 1E power supplies in an ELAP. In such cases, manual actions specified in ELAP response procedures/guidance may require additional actions to obtain access.

On page 72 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee provided an open item which noted that necessary modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment.

Although the licensee stated that modifications will be made to existing onsite fences, structures or security parameters to facilitate flex equipment deployment, it is not clear if these modifications will eliminate the need for electric power to operate these systems. The licensee was requested to provide additional clarifying information regarding the need for electric power or alternate actions to facilitate deployment of FLEX equipment and access to internal locked areas when power is lost to security systems. During the audit process, the licensee stated that electric power is not required to access all areas of the plant in an ELAP, all plant operators and security personnel carry security keys that can access all locked doors regardless of ac power availability, and that gate access is similar to using available keys.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to protected and internal locked area access, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.4.6 Personnel Habitability- Elevated Temperature NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (11 ), states:

Plant procedures/guidance should consider accessibility requirements at locations where operators will be required to perform local manual operations.

Due to elevated temperatures and humidity in some locations where local operator actions are required (e.g., manual valve manipulations, equipment connections, etc.), procedures/guidance should identify the protective clothing or other equipment or actions necessary to protect the operator, as appropriate.

FLEX strategies must be capable of execution under the adverse conditions (unavailability of installed plant lighting, ventilation, etc.) expected following a BOSE resulting in an ELAP/LUHS. Accessibility of equipment, tooling, connection points, and plant components shall be accounted for in the development of the FLEX strategies. The use of appropriate human performance aids (e.g.,

component marking, connection schematics, installation sketches, photographs, Revision 0 Page 44 of 60 2014-01-24

etc.) shall be included in the FLEX guidance implementing the FLEX strategies.

Section 9.2 of NEI 12-06 states, Virtually every state in the lower 48 contiguous United States has experienced temperatures in excess of 110 degrees F. Many states have experienced temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F.

Since the licensee's response noted that all ventilation needs had not been determined, additional information is required regarding supporting analysis to determine the acceptability of the licensee's plans to provide ventilation to the subject areas when normal ventilation will not be available during the ELAP. During the audit process, the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures.

This will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been combined with Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.2.A in Section 4.2.

In the August 2013 six-month update, RNP stated that they will use the current emergency strategy of manually operating valves to control the SDAFW pump.

The licensee was requested to discuss: a) how frequently manual operation of the valves is required, b) the temperature and humidity in the area where the valves are located, and c) the ability of operators to perform the required operation in the expected environmental conditions.

During the audit process, the licensee stated that; a) the steam supply valves to the SDAFW pump will be opened initially and operated infrequently during the first several hours of the event, and the AFW valves will be opened initially to restore SG levels to the normal range and then throttled and operated periodically to maintain levels (decay heat dependent), b) the SDAFW pump and associated manual valves are located in the turbine building Class 1 bay which is an open structure, and portable blowers will be available if necessary to provide for air movement in the area, and c) since RNP is located in what is considered to be a temperate climate, storage and operation of the FLEX equipment is not considered to be an issue.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to personnel habitability with elevated temperatures, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.4.7 Water Sources NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (5) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should ensure that a flow path is promptly established for makeup flow to the steam generator/nuclear boiler and identify backup water sources in order of intended use. Additionally, plant procedures/guidance should specify clear criteria for transferring to the next preferred source of water.

Under certain beyond-design-basis conditions, the integrity of some water sources may be challenged. Coping with an ELAP/LUHS may require water Revision 0 Page 45 of 60 2014-01-24

supplies for multiple days. Guidance should address alternate water sources and water delivery systems to support the extended coping duration. Cooling and makeup water inventories contained in systems or structures with designs that are robust with respect to seismic events, floods, and high winds, and associated missiles are assumed to be available in an ELAP/LUHS at their nominal capacities. Water in robust UHS piping may also be available for use but would need to be evaluated to ensure adequate NPSH can be demonstrated and, for example, that the water does not gravity drain back to the UHS.

Alternate water delivery systems can be considered available on a case-by-case basis. In general, all CSTs should be used first if available. If the normal source of makeup water (e.g., CST) fails or becomes exhausted as a result of the hazard, then robust demineralized, raw, or borated water tanks may be used as appropriate.

Finally, when all other preferred water sources have been depleted, lower water quality sources may be pumped as makeup flow using available equipment (e.g., a diesel driven fire pump or a portable pump drawing from a raw water source). Procedures/guidance should clearly specify the conditions when the operator is expected to resort to increasingly impure water sources.

On page 11 and 12 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the AFW system provides feedwater to the SGs as required to perform a RCS cooldown, maintain safe shutdown, and mitigate the consequences of all transient and accident scenarios in which AFW system operation is credited, and that the SDAFWP will deliver CST inventory to the SGs. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding water sources: 1) the installed CST is protected against all hazards except for wind driven missiles, and in all events that do not include this hazard the CST (150,000 gallons) will supply the SDAFW pump for approximately 4 hours0.167 days <br />0.0238 weeks <br />0.00548 months <br />, and 2) the four hour cooping time is sufficient to connect a portable pump at either the discharge canal or at the lake and supply water to a FLEX connection on the CST using a fire hose. Additionally, if the Circulating Water (CW) inlet bay survives the event the inlet bay can be used as follows: 1) a portable FLEX pump will be staged in the turbine pedestal and protected from missiles and will be aligned to take suction from the CW inlet bay (capacity approximately 530,000 gallons of stored volume with continuous makeup at normal lade level), 2) this will be supplied directly to the SDAFW pump via a fire hose, 3) this action will have an approximate time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to prevent SG dryout, and 4) RNP will supply sufficient equipment to meet the N+ 1 requirement.

In the August 2013 six-month update, the licensee provided a new strategy for RCS makeup and boration. The license stated that they plan on installing the low-leakage SHIELD RCP seals in the upcoming outage, and with this modification RCS makeup will not be required until 7 days into the event. Additionally, in Phase 3, the 480 VAG busses will be energized by using RRC generators which will allow charging pump availability and also the closure of the safety injection accumulator isolation valves. The licensee also stated that the charging pumps will not be required in Phase 2, and that the borated water source is the RWST for non-missile hazards and a portable boration tanker to be stored in a protected facility. RCS boration will be accomplished using high pressure pump supplied from the RWST or portable boration tanks.

The RWST will not be hardened for missiles as previously planned.

Also, the consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed. During the audit process, the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Revision 0 Page 46 of 60 2014-01-24

Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update. This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.7.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Items, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to makeup water sources, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.4.8 Electrical Power Sources/Isolations and Interactions NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part:

The use of portable equipment to charge batteries or locally energize equipment may be needed under ELAP/LUHS conditions. Appropriate electrical isolations and interactions should be addressed in procedures/guidance.

The licensee provided a strategy for connection of portable 480 VAC generators to re-power 480 VAC switchgear E1 or E2. The licensee was requested to provide a discussion regarding adequate electrical isolation between the plant generators and the portable equipment. During the audit process, the licensee stated that: 1) prior to re-energizing the battery chargers procedures will require opening the normal supply breaker to the chargers, 2) portable cable will be connected form the FLEX generator to a receptacle on the individual chargers 3) administrative controls will be used to unsure electrical isolation will be maintained such that Class 1E equipment is protected from faults in portable equipment and multiple sources do not attempt to power electrical busses, and 4) procedures will direct manipulations (rack out, open) operations of control power supplies and breaker switches in the MCB.

During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers. This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on portable equipment. Insufficient information has been provided by the licensee to determine whether the proposed approach provides an equivalent level of protection as would be provided through conformance with NEI 12-06. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.8.A in Section 4.1.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to electrical power sources/isolations and interactions, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.2.4.9 Portable Equipment Fuel NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (13) states in part:

The fuel necessary to operate the FLEX equipment needs to be assessed in the plant specific analysis to ensure sufficient quantities are available as well as to address delivery capabilities.

Revision 0 Page 47 of 60 2014-01-24

NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.1.3, initial condition (5) states:

Fuel for FLEX equipment stored in structures with designs which are robust with respect to seismic events, floods and high winds and associated missiles, remains available.

On page 45 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to support the implemented strategies used during Phase 2, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed. The licensee also stated that since the emergency diesel generators (EDG) will not be available during the BDBEE, the fuel oil tanks can be used to replenish the fuel tanks of the portable equipment used during Phase 2. Additionally, the licensee stated that RNP has several onsite fuel oil storage tanks; the Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (DFOSTs) and the Auxiliary Fuel Oil Storage Tanks (AFOSTs), but none are protected from all external hazards.

The licensee stated that since the tanks are sufficiently separate from one other, they can be credited as being in diverse locations, unlikely to suffer from a common failure. Additionally, the licensee stated that though the inventory can be credited, the fuel currently cannot be easily retrieved under loss of power, and that RNP will acquire a fuel pumping vehicle/trailer that can be used to extract and deliver fuel oil from the tanks on site to staged FLEX equipment staged at various plant locations.

The licensee was requested to provide a discussion or analysis regarding the statement that although fuel tanks are not protected from all hazards, they are sufficiently separate from one other, can be credited as being in diverse locations, and are unlikely to suffer from a common failure, or damage from seismic, flood or high wind hazards, and to also specify fuel supply tank capacities and the flow paths for the fuel oil associated with the diesel-driven pumps. During the audit process, the licensee provided the following information regarding fuel tanks: 1) all FLEX equipment will be stored fully fueled, 2) initial diesel fuel for refueling will come from two 500 gallon diesel fuel trailers that will be stored in the FLEX storage facility that is protected from applicable hazards, 3) replacement fuel is available from the AFOSTs (protected for missile hazards and containing approximately 3,000 gallons) located on the third floor of the rad waste building in a robust area and can be gravity drained to the fuel trailers. Additionally, fuel can be drained or pumped via the DFOST (Technical Specification {TS) source for the emergency diesel generators (EDGs) -approximately 19,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers. The licensee also stated that fuel can also be gravity drained or pumped using the diesel powered pumps on the refueling trailers from the combustion turbine fuel tanks (14,000 gallons) to the fuel trailers, and that this is also a TS source for the EDGs. Additionally, the licensee stated that all supply sources are located above ground, and fuel quality is assured through routine sampling and normal usage and replenishment. The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment. This is identified as Confirmatory Item 3.2.4.9.A in Section 4.2.

On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that to allow for coping through Phase 3, all portable equipment that supplies power will be refueled as needed, and that provisions will be made for an offsite fuel delivery to RNP before all onsite fuel is depleted.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to portable equipment fuel, if these requirements are implemented as described.

Revision 0 Page 48 of 60 2014-01-24

3.2.4.1 0 Load Reduction to Conserve DC Power NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, Guideline (6) states:

Plant procedures/guidance should identify loads that need to be stripped from the plant de buses (both Class 1E and non-Class 1E) for the purpose of conserving de power.

DC power is needed in an ELAP for such loads as shutdown system instrumentation, control systems, and de backed AOVs and MOVs. Emergency lighting may also be powered by safety-related batteries. However, for many plants, this lighting may have been supplemented by Appendix R and security lights, thereby allowing the emergency lighting load to be eliminated. ELAP procedures/guidance should direct operators to conserve de power during the event by stripping nonessential loads as soon as practical. Early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1E batteries. In certain circumstances, AFW/HPCI /RCIC operation may be extended by throttling flow to a constant rate, rather than by stroking valves in open-shut cycles.

Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications. Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition.

On pages 5-7 of the Integrated Plan the license specified that at 5-7 hours0.292 days <br />0.0417 weeks <br />0.00959 months <br />; restore power to the safety battery chargers, using a portable generator, and that this must be completed prior to battery depletion (at 8 hours0.333 days <br />0.0476 weeks <br />0.011 months <br />) and after or simultaneously with re-powering the battery room exhaust fans (for hydrogen buildup).

On page 44 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the primary strategy for Phase 2 battery coping will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers. The primary strategy for powering the battery chargers is by modifying the current 480V switchgear and subsequently the E1 or E2 switchgear and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feed.

The licensee also stated that E1 or E2 provide power to the 480V MCC's that supply the battery chargers and essential instrument busses, and that one portable generator will be capable of providing approximately 130kW to power two battery chargers and room ventilation fans. The licensee also stated that the secondary method for powering the battery chargers is to power them directly with manual transfer switches compatible for quick portable diesel generator connection. When powering only one battery charger by a manual transfer switch, the diesel generator must provide 60kW. Additionally, the licensee stated that permanent cables and raceways will need to be installed to make cable deployment directly to the battery chargers feasible, and that cables can be connected by utilizing a quick connect system.

On page 50 of the Integrated Plan, the license specified that the strategy for Phase 3 battery coping will be the continuation of the Phase 2 strategy and will require portable diesel generators to power the battery chargers. The licensee also stated that the strategy for powering the battery chargers will continue to consist of modifying the current 480V switchgear (E1 or E2) and the existing diesel generators to include portable diesel generator connection Revision 0 Page 49 of 60 2014-01-24

points near the existing diesel generator capable of switching between the existing diesel generator power feeds and portable FLEX generator power feeds. Additionally, the licensee stated that diesel fuel will be delivered to the site to allow for the continued use of Phase 2 generators/strategy of repowering batteries.

The licensee has not completed a (formal) load shed strategy for prolonging station battery life.

The licensee specified that early load stripping can significantly extend the availability of the unit's Class 1E batteries. Given the beyond-design-basis nature of these conditions, it is acceptable to strip loads down to the minimum equipment necessary and one set of instrument channels for required indications. Credit for load-shedding actions should consider the other concurrent actions that may be required in such a condition. In the August 2013 status update, the licensee stated that, in lieu of installing additional supplemental batteries as backup to the existing vital batteries, RNP is installing a FLEX power connection point to each of the 4 station battery chargers that can be quickly connected to one of two diesel generators that will be staged in their protected deployed positions. The licensee also stated that preliminary ELAP battery coping analysis indicates there is sufficient time to accomplish this strategy when all equipment and connections are pre-staged. The licensee was requested to provide a formal loadshed analysis to address the issues stated above regarding time of battery recharging, and the time requirements for switching between installed battery chargers and the diesel generator.

During the audit process, the licensee stated that a formal load shed analysis is documented in Calculation RNP-E-6.032, and that the revised strategy is tore-power the battery chargers using portable generators connected directly to the chargers. The licensee noted that the loadshed calculation demonstrated that the 'A' vital battery has 3 hrs. 45 min. of coping time and the 'B' vital battery has 3 hrs. 15 min. of coping time, and that this is sufficient time to connect the diesel generator to the battery chargers located approximately 120 ft. away on the same elevation, via one passageway and three doors.

During the audit process, the licensee was requested to provide the following information with regard to the load shedding of the de busses in order to conserve battery capacity:

a. Provide the de load profile for the mitigation strategies to maintain core cooling, containment, and spent fuel pool cooling during all modes of operation. Also describe any load shedding that is assumed to occur and the actions necessary to complete each load shed. Also provide a detailed discussion on the loads that will be shed from the de bus, the equipment location (or location where the required action needs to be taken),

and the required operator actions needed to be performed and the time to complete each action. In your response, explain which functions are lost as a result of shedding each load and discuss any impact on defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy.

b. Identify any plant components that will change state if vital ac or de power is lost or de-energized during the load shed. The NRC is particularly interested in whether a safety hazard is introduced, such as de-energizing the de-powered seal oil pump for the main generator and allowing hydrogen to escape, which could contribute to risk of fire or explosion in the vicinity from the uncooled main turbine bearings.
c. Identify de breakers that must be opened as a part of the load shed evolution.
d. Identify whether the de breakers that must be opened will be physically identified by special markings to assist operators in manipulating the correct breakers.
e. Also, provide the minimum voltage that must be maintained and the basis for the minimum voltage on the de bus.

During the audit process, the licensee provided the following response:

Revision 0 Page 50 of 60 2014-01-24

a. It is currently planned to expand the current load shedding as listed in EPP-1 "Loss of All AC Power." All loadshed activities will be performed in the same areas required by the current strategy. A detailed analysis has not been completed to determine the overall impact to defense-in-depth strategies and redundancy nor an assessment of the additional times required to completer these actions. This will be the subject of a future six-month update
b. An analysis has not been completed for assessing any safety hazards introduced by the additional load shedding. Regarding the main generator hydrogen leakage, the de air side seal oil backup pump is powered from the 'C' station battery, which is not involved in current of planned loads shedding strategies. Regarding the main generator hydrogen issue in an ELAP, RNP has an existing emergency operating procedure to vent the main generator to atmosphere in loss of an ac power event. The RNP turbine building is not an enclosed structure.
c. A listing of de breakers that will be opened for load shedding is provided in Calculation RNP-E-6.032.
d. All involved circuits have identification labels. The use of special markings for FLEX equipment and related strategies is planned and will be the subject of a future six-month update
e. The minimum voltage at the battery bus during its discharge cycle will be at or above the voltage required to assure operation of the instrument inverters. The inverter output minimum bus voltage from vital battery 'A' is 105.9 VDC and for vital battery 'B' is 106.2 VDC.

The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3. This is identified as Open Item 3.2.4.1 O.A in section 4.1 .

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory and Open Items, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to load reduction to conserve de power, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.3 PROGRAMMATIC CONTROLS 3.3.1 Equipment Maintenance and Testing NEI 12-06, Section 3.2.2, the paragraph following Guideline (15) states in part:

In order to assure reliability and availability of the FLEX equipment required to meet these capabilities, the site should have sufficient equipment to address all functions at all units on-site, plus one additional spare, i.e., an N+ 1 capability, where "N" is the number of units on-site. Thus, a two-unit site would nominally have at least three portable pumps, three sets of portable ac/dc power supplies, three sets of hoses & cables, etc. It is also acceptable to have a single resource that is sized to support the required functions for multiple units at a site (e.g., a single pump capable of all water supply functions for a dual unit site). In this case, the N+ 1 could simply involve a second pump of equivalent capability. In addition, it is also acceptable to have multiple strategies to accomplish a function (e.g., two separate means to repower instrumentation). In this case the Revision 0 Page 51 of 60 2014-01-24

equipment associated with each strategy does not require N+ 1. The existing 50.54(hh)(2) pump and supplies can be counted toward the N+ 1, provided it meets the functional and storage requirements outlined in this guide. The N+ 1 capability applies to the portable FLEX equipment described in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 (i.e., that equipment that directly supports maintenance of the key safety functions). Other FLEX support equipment only requires anN capability.

NEI 12-06, Section 11.5 states:

1. FLEX mitigation equipment should be initially tested or other reasonable means used to verify performance conforms to the limiting FLEX requirements. Validation of source manufacturer quality is not required.
2. Portable equipment that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for the core, containment, or SFP should be subject to maintenance and testing guidance provided in INPO AP 913, Equipment Reliability Process, to verify proper function. The maintenance program should ensure that the FLEX equipment reliability is being achieved. Standard industry templates (e.g.,

EPRI) and associated bases will be developed to define specific maintenance and testing including the following:

a. Periodic testing and frequency should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. Testing should be done to verify design requirements and/or basis. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.
b. Preventive maintenance should be determined based on equipment type and expected use. The basis should be documented and deviations from vendor recommendations and applicable standards should be justified.
c. Existing work control processes may be used to control maintenance and testing. (e.g., PM Program, Surveillance Program, Vendor Contracts, and work orders).
3. The unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly performs a FLEX mitigation strategy for core, containment, and SFP should be managed such that risk to mitigating strategy capability is minimized.
a. The unavailability of installed plant equipment is controlled by existing plant processes such as the Technical Specifications. When installed plant equipment which supports FLEX strategies becomes unavailable, then the FLEX strategy affected by this unavailability does not need to be maintained during the unavailability.
b. Portable equipment may be unavailable for 90 days provided that the site FLEX capability (N) is available.
c. Connections to permanent equipment required for FLEX strategies can be unavailable for 90 days provided alternate capabilities remain functional.

Revision 0 Page 52 of 60 2014-01-24

d. Portable equipment that is expected to be unavailable for more than 90 days or expected to be unavailable during forecast site specific external events (e.g., hurricane) should be supplemented with alternate suitable equipment.
e. The short duration of equipment unavailability, discussed above, does not constitute a loss of reasonable protection from a diverse storage location protection strategy perspective.
f. If portable equipment becomes unavailable such that the site FLEX capability (N) is not maintained, initiate actions within 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> to restore the site FLEX capability (N) and implement compensatory measures (e.g., use of alternate suitable equipment or supplemental personnel) within 72 hours3 days <br />0.429 weeks <br />0.0986 months <br />.

On pages 8 and 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee specified that equipment associated with these strategies will be procured as commercial equipment with design, storage, maintenance, testing, and configuration control in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5. Installed structures, systems and components pursuant to 10 CFR 50.63(a) will continue to meet the augmented guidelines of NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155, "Station Blackout." The licensee also stated that unavailability of equipment and applicable connections that directly perform a FLEX mitigation strategy will be managed using plant equipment control guidelines developed in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.5.

The NRC staff reviewed the licensee's Integrated Plan and determined that the Generic Concern related to maintenance and testing of FLEX equipment is applicable to the plant. This Generic Concern has been resolved generically through the NRC endorsement of the EPRI technical report on preventive maintenance of FLEX equipment, submitted by NEI by letter dated October 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A573). The NRC staff's endorsement letter is dated October 7, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13276A224).

This Generic Concern involves clarification of how licensees would maintain FLEX equipment such that it would be readily available for use. The technical report provided sufficient basis to resolve this concern by describing a database that licensees could use to develop preventative maintenance programs for FLEX equipment. The database describes maintenance tasks and maintenance intervals that have been evaluated as sufficient to provide for the readiness of the FLEX equipment. The NRC staff has determined that the technical report provides an acceptable approach for developing a program for maintaining FLEX equipment in a ready-to-use status. The NRC staff will evaluate the resulting program through the audit and inspection processes.

At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing. As such, resolution of this concern is identified as Open Item 3.3.1.A in Section 4.1.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Open Item, provides reasonable assurance that the Revision 0 Page 53 of 60 2014-01-24

requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to maintenance and testing, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.3.2 Configuration Control NEI 12-06, Section 11.8 states:

1. The FLEX strategies and basis will be maintained in an overall program document. This program document will also contain a historical record of previous strategies and the basis for changes. The document will also contain the basis for the ongoing maintenance and testing programs chosen for the FLEX equipment.
2. Existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies.
3. Changes to FLEX strategies may be made without prior NRC approval provided:

a) The revised FLEX strategy meets the requirements of this guideline.

b) An engineering basis is documented that ensures that the change in FLEX strategy continues to ensure the key safety functions (core and SFP cooling, containment integrity) are met.

On page 9 of the integrated Plan, the licensee specified that the FLEX strategies and will be maintained in overall FLEX basis documents, and that existing plant configuration control procedures will be modified to ensure that changes to the plant design, physical plant layout, roads, buildings, and miscellaneous structures will not adversely impact the approved FLEX strategies in accordance with NEI 12-06, Section 11.8.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to configuration control, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.3.3 Training NEI 12-06, Section 11.6, Training, states:

1. Programs and controls should be established to assure personnel proficiency in the mitigation of beyond-design-basis events is developed and maintained.

These programs and controls should be implemented in accordance with an accepted training process.

2. Periodic training should be provided to site emergency response leaders on beyond design-basis emergency response strategies and implementing guidelines. Operator training for beyond-design-basis event accident mitigation should not be given undue weight in comparison with other training Revision 0 Page 54 of 60 2014-01-24

requirements. The testing/evaluation of Operator knowledge and skills in this area should be similarly weighted.

3. Personnel assigned to direct the execution of mitigation strategies for beyond-design basis events will receive necessary training to ensure familiarity with the associated tasks, considering available job aids, instructions, and mitigating strategy time constraints.
4. "ANSI/ANS 3.5, Nuclear Power Plant Simulators for use in Operator Training" certification of simulator fidelity (if used) is considered to be sufficient for the initial stages of the beyond-design-basis external event scenario until the current capability of the simulator model is exceeded. Full scope simulator models will not be upgraded to accommodate FLEX training or drills.
5. Where appropriate, the integrated FLEX drills should be organized on a team or crew basis and conducted periodically; with all time-sensitive actions to be evaluated over a period of not more than eight years. It is not the intent to connect to or operate permanently installed equipment during these drills and demonstrations.

On page 9 of the Integrated Plan, the licensee stated that training will be initiated through the Systematic Approach to Training (SAT) process. The licensee also stated that training will be developed and provided to all involved plant personnel based on any procedural changes or new procedures developed to address and identify FLEX activities, and applicable training will be completed prior to the implementation of FLEX.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to training, if these requirements are implemented as described.

3.4 OFF SITE RESOURCES NEI 12-06, Section 12.2 lists the following minimum capabilities for offsite resources for which each licensee should establish the availability of:

1) A capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies.
2) Off-site equipment procurement, maintenance, testing, calibration, storage, and control.
3) A provision to inspect and audit the contractual agreements to reasonably assure the capabilities to deploy the FLEX strategies including unannounced random inspections by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
4) Provisions to ensure that no single external event will preclude the capability to supply the needed resources to the plant site.
5) Provisions to ensure that the off-site capability can be maintained for the life of the plant.
6) Provisions to revise the required supplied equipment due to changes in the FLEX strategies or plant equipment or equipment obsolescence.
7) The appropriate standard mechanical and electrical connections need to be specified.

Revision 0 Page 55 of 60 2014-01-24

8) Provisions to ensure that the periodic maintenance, periodic maintenance schedule, testing, and calibration of off-site equipment are comparable/consistent with that of similar on-site FLEX equipment.
9) Provisions to ensure that equipment determined to be unavailable/non-operational during maintenance or testing is either restored to operational status or replaced with appropriate alternative equipment within 90 days.
10) Provision to ensure that reasonable supplies of spare parts for the off-site equipment are readily available if needed. The intent of this provision is to reduce the likelihood of extended equipment maintenance (requiring in excess of 90 days for returning the equipment to operational status).

The license's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies (item 1 above), however, insufficient information was provided regarding the remaining items (2 through 10 above). This has been identified as Confirmatory Item 3.4.A in Section 4.2.

The licensee's approach described above, as currently understood, is consistent with the guidance found in NEI 12-06, as endorsed by JLD-ISG-2012-01, and subject to the successful closure of issues related to the Confirmatory Item, provides reasonable assurance that the requirements of Order EA-12-049 will be met with respect to off-site resources, if these requirements are implemented as described.

Revision 0 Page 56 of 60 2014-01-24

4.0 OPEN AND CONFIRMATORY ITEMS 4.1 OPEN ITEMS Item Number Description Notes 3.2.1.3.A The licensee stated that they were engaged in discussions with Westinghouse regarding the ELAP analysis for assumption 4 from WCAP 17601-P, Section 4.2.1 Input Assumptions- Common to All Plant Types on page 4-13 of WCAP-17601-P, which states that "Decay heat is per ANS 5.1-1979 + 2 sigma, or equivalent," and will provide additional information in a future six-month update to the Integrated Plan.

3.2.4.8.A During the audit process, the licensee stated that the strategy to power the battery has been revised to use a pre-staged portable diesel generator to supply ac power directly to the vital battery chargers. This use of installed or pre-staged generators appears to be an alternative approach for satisfying the Mitigating Strategies Order, which relies primarily on _portable equipment.

3.2.4.10.A The licensee did not discuss sizing calculations for the FLEX DGs to show that they can supply the loads assumed in Phase 2 and Phase 3.

3.3.1.A At the time the audit was conducted, the licensee had neither (1) committed to abide by the generic approach discussed above nor (2) identified an acceptable alternate approach for justifying FLEX equipment maintenance and testing.

4.2 CONFIRMATORY ITEMS Item Number Description Notes 3.1.1.1.A The FLEX equipment storage building and location has not yet been decided. The licensee did not specify the type of BDB storage building, its configuration, how FLEX equipment such as pumps and power supplies would be secured, or how stored equipment and structures would be protected from seismic interactions, high wind events, and extreme temperature conditions.

3.1.1.2.A The licensee lists two debris removal equipment/skid steer tractors and a large front end loader, however the licensee did not specify how these vehicles would be protected from seismic events.

3.1.1.2.8 The strategy to supply power to the vital battery chargers takes place entirely inside the RAB, a seismic Class 1 structure, and the SFP cooling strategies take place inside the seismic Class 1 SFP Building. Updated diagrams will be included in the February 2014 Integrated Plan update. Review of these updated drawings is required to fully evaluate the licensee's deployment strategies for seismic events.

3.1.1.2.8 The licensee stated that they would evaluate all site travel paths and routes for deployment strategies and improve as necessary with particular concern paid to potential soil liquefaction.

Revision 0 Page 57 of 60 2014-01-24

Item Number Description Notes Engineering changes will be developed that include soil studies, core borings, geotechnical evaluations and remediation to ensure survivability following a seismic event.

3.1.1.4.A The licensee identified an open item, to develop a SAFER Response Plan to support RNP during beyond design basis events, and describing the coordination strategies between RNP and the Regional Response Center.

3.1.5.2.A The licensee did not address how potential problems with door access such as sheet metal expansion or swollen door seals would be mitigated.

3.2.1.A The licensee was requested to specify which analysis performed in WCAP-17601 is being applied to their plant, and to justify the use of that analysis by identifying and evaluating the important parameters and assumptions demonstrating that they are representative of their plant and appropriate for simulating the ELAP transient.

3.2.1.8 The licensee was requested to; discuss their position on each of the recommendations noted in Section 3.2 of WCAP-17601-P for developing the FLEX mitigation strategies, list the recommendations that are applicable to the plant, provide rationale for the applicability, address how the applicable recommendations are considered in the ELAP coping analysis, discuss the plan to implement the recommendations, and to provide a rationale for each of the recommendations that are determined to be not applicable to the plant. Review of the response to the above issues is needed.

3.2.1.C The licensee stated that RNP is refining the SG PORV motive force strategy based on existing plant qualifications for wind and missile protection. A new Phase 2 pressure source is being evaluated for feasibility and constructability. A portable strategy is also being considered. This will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.1.0 The licensee stated that RNP is evaluating the SG PORV for hazard protection, and the evaluation will be described in an Engineering Change package. The SG PORV strategies will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.1.E The licensee was request to discuss the reliability of the SDAFW pump with respect to the following issues:

a) The steam traps are all ganged into one line to the condenser that has the potential to be inched or crimped in an event and render the SDAFW pump inoperable b) The SDAFW pump mini-flow recirculation line has the same exposure.

The licensee stated that an engineering evaluation will required to respond to the question and will be the subject of a six-month update.

Revision 0 Page 58 of 60 2014-01-24

3.2.1.1.A Reliance on the NOTRUMP code for the ELAP analysis of Westinghouse plants is limited to the flow conditions prior to reflux condensation initiation. Specifying an acceptable definition for reflux condensation cooling is needed.

3.2.1.2.A Some Westinghouse plants have installed or will install the SHIELD shutdown seals, or other types of low leakage seals, and have credited or will credit a low seal leakage rate (e.g.,

1 gpm/seal) in the ELAP analyses for the RCS response. For those plants, information should be provided to address the impacts of the Westinghouse 10 CFR Part 21 report, "Notification of the Potential Existence of Defects Pursuant to 10 CFR Part 21 ,"

dated July 26, 2013 (ADAMS No. ML13211A168) on the use of the low seal leakage rate in the ELAP analysis.

3.2.1.2.8 If the seals are changed to the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals, the acceptability of the use of the newly designed Generation 3 SHIELD seals, or non-Westinghouse seals should be addressed, and the RCP seal leakages rates for use in the ELAP analysis should be provided with acceptable justification.

3.2.1.6.A A confirmatory NOTRUMP run was executed which showed an approximate 24 hours1 days <br />0.143 weeks <br />0.0329 months <br /> of additional core cooling time compared to the hand calculated value. RNP intends to install low leakage RCP seals prior to FLEX implementation. Makeup rates, boration strategies and items are being evaluated and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.1.6.8 In response the licensee stated that RNP is re-evaluating the Sl accumulator isolation strategy to ensure timely isolation to prevent nitrogen injection in an indefinite coping strategy. Accumulator isolation strategies and time are being developed and refined and will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.1.8.A The cooldown phase will consider initial boron concentrations, xenon build-in, and decay and shutdown margin (SDM) requirements as defined in NEI 12-06. 8oration strategies, rates, and times and SDM are being developed and refined at this time and will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.1.9.A The licensee stated that the pressures and flow rates were based on generic studies. Each application of a portable pump and hoses will be analyzed using accepted industry standards for such hydraulic calculations (e.g., FATHOM) and available vendor information. This will be documented in a future six-month update ..

3.2.3.A The licensee stated that Calculation RNP-M/MECH-1877 describes the containment response to an ELAP event assuming the planned installation of low leakage seals. The GOTHIC computer code version 8.0(QA) was used in this analysis. The licensee did not discuss any strategies for managing containment conditions during the ELAP. Further review of this calculation and information related to any contemplated strategies needed.

Revision 0 Page 59 of 60 2014-01-24

3.2.4.1.A The licensee stated that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update. Review of planned actions to supply cooling water to various components is needed.

3.2.4.2.A During the audit process the licensee responded by stating that RNP is performing an evaluation to provide calculations of the environmental conditions in various areas/compartments (main control room, battery room, SDAFW pump room) related to an ELAP event. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with extreme high temperatures. This will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.4.2.8 The licensee stated that additionally a calculation for hydrogen accumulation in the battery room is also being performed. This above analysis and calculations will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.4.3.A The licensee stated that loss of heat tracing on instrument lines has been identified. The heat tracing is not safety related and is not robust. Strategies will be developed to address the loss of heat tracing and will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.4.4.A The staff has reviewed the licensee's communications assessment however confirmation will be required that upgrades to the site's communications systems have been completed.

3.2.4.7.A The consequences of using potentially impure raw water source to supply the SG were not discussed. During the audit process the licensee stated that RNP is performing an analysis to provide calculations and timing for strategies to use alternate cooling sources such as Lake Robinson, the discharge canal and three deep well pumps as SG makeup sources. The results of the evaluation will be used to determine if any specific actions are required to cope with impure water sources. The results will be the subject of a future six-month update.

3.2.4.9.A The licensee identified an open item to perform an analysis to determine the fuel consumption rates of all portable generators and pumping equipment. Review of the analysis is needed.

3.4.A The licensee's plans for the use of off-site resources conform to the minimum capabilities specified in NEI 12-06 Section 12.2, with regard to the capability to obtain equipment and commodities to sustain and backup the site's coping strategies, however the licensee did not address the remaining items 2 through 10 of Section 12.2.

Revision 0 Page 60 of 60 2014-01-24

Pkg ML13365A284, Letter/ISE ML13365A291, TER ML14027A063 *via e-mail OFFICE NRR/MSD/MSPB/PM NRR/MSD/LA NRR/MSD/SA* NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC*

NAME RHall SLent* EBowman JBowen DATE 02/14/14 02/14/14 02/15/14 02/14/14 OFFICE NRR/MSD/MESB/BC* N RR/MSD/M RSB/BC* NRR/MSD/D NRR/MSD/MSPB/BC NAME SBailey SWhaley (SBailey for) JDavis JBowen DATE 02/14/14 02/14/14 02/19/14 02/19/14

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML13365A291&oldid=2454296"